Prosthetics Lower Extremities - Kinetech Medical

Prosthetics 

Lower Extremities 

2008

Otto Bock Today: A Company in Constant Change 

“Otto Bock HealthCare is a global leader of innovative products 

for people with limited mobility. With top quality and technologically 

superier products and services, we help people to 

maintain or regain their freedom of motion.” 

(Prof. H. G. Näder, CEO and chairman) 

For over 85 years, Otto Bock has been a landmark for technology, innovation, quality and customer 

focus. Driven by pioneering spirit, courage and determination, Otto Bock founded Otto Bock 

Orthopädische Industrie GmbH in Berlin in 1919. With the courage to explore new avenues and 

to set higher standards, he was to revolutionize an entire industry. Managed by Dr Max Näder, 

Otto Bock then became an internationally renowned company. Drawing from creativity and inventiveness, 

Max Näder continued to set the standard in orthopedics, for example by developing the 

modular leg prosthesis system and the myoelectrically controlled arm prosthesis. As early as in 

1958, Otto Bock founded its first foreign subsidiary, thereby paving the way for the development 

of the international sales structure. Following continued dynamic growth across all divisions, Otto 

Bock has become a true global player and a strong corporate brand. All over the world, our name 

represents products and services of outstanding quality and functionality that include leading-edge 

solutions in the field of orthopedics and rehabilitation technology. In further pursuing this path, all 

of our activities are focused on people: we wish to provide them with an utmost degree of mobility, 

autonomy and normality. 

Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH is a modern, customer-focused, success-driven company with a 

long tradition – a global player with local roots. With 37 sales and service subsidiaries as well as 

product exports to over 140 countries worldwide, we keep in close contact with our customers – 

in a spirit of partnership and cooperation. Our market proximity helps us understand user and 

customer requirements and to integrate these in our product development process. While we are 

confident that our established global network of development and manufacturing facilities will enable 

us to meet future challenges, we also explicitly commit ourselves to maintaining our presence 

in Germany, and thus the origins of our business. Duderstadt, which is located in the Eichsfeld 

region, is not only home to our largest development and production site but also to the corporate 

headquarters of Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH. 

We will continue to use our knowledge and expertise responsibly in order to improve quality of life 

for persons with disabilities by implementing state-of-the-art solutions: “Quality for life – made 

by Otto Bock”. 

Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.ottobock.com

Declaration of Conformity / Warranty 

Declaration of Conformity 

Otto Bock as manufacturer with sole responsibility declares that the intermediate 

products/medical products specified in the catalog conform to the requirements 

of the 93/42 EEC Guideline for medial products or, respectively, of the 

Law for Medical Products (Medizinproduktegesetz, MPG), which represents the 

national transfer of the EEC Guideline into German law. 

To be able to fulfill your obligation of documentation (according to Annex VIII of 

the 93/42 EEC Guideline “Declaration Concerning Products for Special Purposes”) 

please take the bar-code labels from the respective packaging and stick 

them into the Otto Bock confomity card, in order to document: 

• the data necessary for identification of the concerned product; 

• the assurance that the product is exclusively destined for a particular, named, 

patient; 

The confomity card will be kept with 

the customer/patient documentation. 

In case of complaints, this 

measure makes it easier for you 

to establish compliance with the 

Otto Bock Mobility System MOBIS® 

and the resulting 2-year warranty. 

Please note that the confomity period 

does not begin before the date 

of the first trial fitting. For this reason 

the date of the first use must be 

documented on the warranty card 

and a copy of it must be enclosed 

with any possible complaints. 

The confomity card is included in 

the delivery of prosthetic feet and 

tube adapters. Please refer to the 

646P1 price list for our General 

Terms of Business. 

Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.ottobock.com 

V

Quality Assurance 

Quality products are the hallmark of Otto Bock. In order to not only maintain 

but, also, to continuously improve our quality standards, we have implemented 

a process for quality improvement based on a written Quality Management System 

(QMS). 

QMS encompasses far more than the fabrication of individual products. It also 

provides the foundation for all phases of research and development, design, production, 

and customer service. 

This is especially important for the production of prosthetic components because 

quality is intrinsic to the concepts of trust, safety, and reliability. 

Otto Bock’s high level of quality has been tested and certified as meeting the 

standards set forth in DIN EN ISO 9001 by an independent organization, the 

“Deutsche Gesellschaft zur Zertifizierung von Qualitäts-Management-Systemen”, 

(German Association for the Certification of Quality Manag e ment Systems). This 

certification is recognized worldwide. 

VI 


Introduction 

Successful Product Selection and 

Fitting – a Well Thought-Out Plan! 

Otto Bock and its partners makes it their mission and task to increase the quality 

of life for people with disabilities through up-to-date, innovative and high-quality 

prosthetic devices. In order to meet all the fitting demands for amputations of 

the lower extremities, we offer a time-proven, comprehensive delivery and performance 

program. The many different models of prosthesis feet, adapters, liners, 

knee and hip joints as well as prosthesis accessories allow finding the best 

possible individual solution for every user and every prosthetic fitting. 

This catalog features a wealth of improvements, optimized fitting solutions and 

new products. The catalog has 11 chapters, three of which constitute the main 

chapters: Leg Prostheses for Children, Modular Leg Prostheses, and Exoskeletal 

Leg Prostheses. The table of contents (see page 1) shows at one glance where 

products can be found. 

The easy and proper selection of the prosthesis components – fundamental prerequisite 

for a successful fitting – is made possible with the MOBIS® Mobility System. 

With the help of the MOBIS® symbols, orthopedic technicians can recognize 

for what mobility grade and for what patient weight the modular components are 

recommended. The MOBIS® System Overview (see pages 46f.) lists all functional 

and structural parts. Further details are then indicated in the subsequent sections, 

where they are featured in the order from distal to proximal. In addition, the 

combination overviews “Component Combinations: Knee-Foot” (see pages 48f.) 

as well as “Foam Covers: Combination Overview” (see page 234) facilitate the 

proper composition of the individual components. The simplification of the daily 

fitting practice is also achieved with our newly introduced “system height” measuring 

unit. This measure assists orthopedic technicians with the task of filling the 

available space between socket and ground with prosthesis components such 

that the length deviation between residual extremity and prosthesis leg is as small 

as possible. (For more information, please see the following pages.) 

To make ordering as easy as possible, our new prosthetics catalog “Lower Extremity 

2006” contains useful tips about the ordering procedure and order codes 

as well as order and measurement forms. 


I

Kundennr.: Client no.: Auftragsnr.: Order no.: Datum: Date: 

Company Firma 

Straße Street 

City/ 

PLZ/Ort 

Postal code 

Telefon: Tel.: 

Versandadresse 

Shipping address 

Fax: Fax: 

Orthopedic technician: _____________________________ 

Patient name: _____________________________________ 

left 

right 

6Y400 Custom Liner based on plaster cast and 

measurement form 

6Y400=M Custom Liner according to measurement form 

6Y414 Harmony® Custom Liner based on plaster cast and 


6Y416 Shape Plus Custom Liner based on plaster cast and 


Note: Repeat orders may have tolerances in the wall thickness of ±0.5 mm. 

Wall thickness 

Uniform wall thickness 

Tapered (wall thickness tapered from MPT and 

hollow of the knee to 3 mm thick (± 1 mm)) 

Distal connection: 

without 

with (requires the selection of a fabric coating) 

Outer coating: 

with fabric Color: caucasian black 

without fabric with non-adhesive coating or 

without coating (requires that 

Inner coating: 

Kundennr.: 

Firma 

Straße 

PLZ/Ort 

Telefon: 

Fax: 

Versandadre se 

10 

 

 

Kunde nr.: 

Polyurethane 

Firma 

Straße 

PLZ/Ort 

Telefon: 

Fax: 

Versandadresse 

6Y416 Shape Plus Maßliner 

6Y417 

Hinweis: 

Textilbeschichtung: 

ohne mit 

komple t, Farbe: 

Distaler Anschluß: ohne 

Custom Uniform nach Maß 

(einheitliche Wandstärke) 

Orthopädietechniker: 

Patiente name: 

Links Rechts 

Custom Tapered nach Maß 

MOBIS 

12 

Kunde nr.: 

Firma 

Straße 

PLZ/Ort 

Telefon: 

Fax: 



Links 

Wandstärke: 4 m 

6Y70=M 

6Y61=M 

(mit 

6Y61=M-1 

6Y71=M 

(mit 

6Y71=M-1 

(ohne 

6Y60=M 

(mit 

(ohne 

Neubeste lung 

Hinweis: 

Kunde nr.: Auftragsnr.: Datum: 

Firma Firma 

Straße Straße 

PLZ/Ort PLZ/Ort 

Telefon: Telefon: 

Fax: Fax: 

Versandadre se Auftraggeber 

Patientendaten 

Name: 

Betro fene Seite: links rechts 

Geschlecht: weiblich mä nlich 

Geburtsdatum: 

Gewicht: Prothese/Knietyp: ______ __ _ (we n von Versandadre se abweichend) 

Konisch vergrößert 

Oberschenkel-I nenbohrung 

Wadenumfang 

Fe selumfang 

16 O to Bock HealthCare | Prothetik – Untere Extremität | w w.o tobock.de 

Individue le Schaumsto füberzüge 

Beste lfax: 0 527 848 1585 

Auftraggeber Billing address (wenn (if von different Versandadresse from shipping abwei- address) 

Oberschenkelumfang 

Konturhöhe 

(mind. 1 0 mm länger 

als das Kniespalt- 

Bodenmaß) 

Knieumfang 

Kniespalt 

Kniespalt- 

Bodenmaß 

Boden 

A le Angaben in m 

the patient wear the liner with 

lubricant to avoid the stickiness of 

the liner) 

with non-adhesive coating (not possible with 

extreme residual limb contours or forms) 

without coating (requires that the patient wear the 

liner with lubricant to avoid the stickiness of the liner) 

Otto Bock keeps a record of the plaster cast data for two years 

following the last order. 

Leg Prostheses for Children 2 - 21 

Initial and Interim Prostheses 24 - 31 

Alignment of Modular Leg Prostheses 

· System Height 

32 - 41 

· EasySelect 

MOBIS® 

· System Overview 

42 - 49 

· Component Combinations 

Modular Prosthetic Feet 50 - 103 

Modular Adapters 104 - 139 

Modular Knee Joints 

· Mechanical Knee Joints 

· C-Leg®-Product Line 

A Pylon 91 

Accessories for Harmony® System 195 

Adapter 192 

Adapter Plate 118 

Adjustment Adapter 30 

Advantage DP2 86 

Aesthetic Refinement 227 

Ai C t t S t b P hli 218 

erim 

ses 

Company Firma 


City/ 

PLZ/Ort 

Postal code 


Fax: Fax: 

262 Otto Bock HealthCare | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.ottobock.com 

Transtibial measurements 

Important: Lengthen the measurement sections if 

required. Please mark the MPT as well as all prominent 

areas on the plaster model. Extend the plaster negative 

23 cm beyond the knee center! 

Comments: 

Missing information may delay your order! 

Replacement custom liner: Please contact 

your customer 

+ 18 cm 

+ 10 cm 

+ 5 cm 

MPT 

+ 2,5 cm 

+ 5 cm 

+ 7,5 cm 

+ 10 cm 

+ 12,5 cm 

+ 15 cm 

+ 17,5 cm 

140 - 181 

Modular Hip Joints 182 - 185 

Socket Technologies 186 - 231 

Cosmetic Covers 232 - 247 

Order Information / Glossary / Index 269 - 295 

Connection Cap 59, 61 

Connection Plate 63, 65, 67, 69 

Connection Tube 208 

Cosmetic Light Foot 238 

Cosmetic Shells 221 

Cotton Residual Limb Sock 214 

CT Function Sock 213 

Custom Liners 188 

Article no. Page Article no. Page Article no. Page 

1 

2 3 

1A6 242 2C2 97 3C86 171 

1A29 244 2C5 81, 89, 95, 99 3C88-1 169 

1A30 70 2C100 89 3C96 171 

1C2 102 2E3 9, 11 3C98-1 169 

1C20 97 2F8 239 3K5 252 

1C30 75 2H19 241 3K9 251 

1C40 79 2K34 239 3P4 250 

1D10 68, 238 2K36 7 3P19 247 

1D11 69 238 

2R2 107 

Date _____________ Place _____________________________ Signature ___________________________________ 

Feet 

3P21 19 

Tube Adapter 

Available in two lengths. 

Order no 2R37 2R38 

Titanium 

Using the Catalog 

Symbol Legend 

Search, Find and Order 

Angled 

Content 

Modular Lower Limb Prostheses 22 - 23 

Modular Lower Leg Prostheses 

Limb Prostheses for Children 

The catalog has 11 chapters. The three main chapters are Leg 

Prostheses for Children, Modular Leg Prostheses and Exoskeletal Leg 

Prostheses. Though not listed in the Table of Contents, sub-sections on 

Exoskeletal Leg Prostheses can be found within the chapter. 

Movable 

Rotatable 

Eccentric 

Exoskeletal Leg Prostheses 248 - 268 

Initial/Interim 

Prostheses 

Alignment 

Leg Prostheses 

MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Adapter 

Cosmetic Socket 

Exoskeletal Hip Joints Knee Joints 

Covers Technologies 

Tabs on the right-hand page margins as well as the subtitles 

(e.g. tube clamp) on top of every page also serve as quick and 

easy reference guides. 

Tube Adapters 30 mm 

Thread 

Index 


for Children 

The indicated weight may differ 

slightly from the actual weight. 

Information sheet 



Glossary 

A 

AC Adapter 176 

Index 

Glossary 

D 

Index 

The index on pages 288 - 290 lists all products in alphabetical 

sequence. The index on pages 292 - 295 also allows to find the page 

of a product on the basis of the article number. 

Information material 



Instructions for Use 

CD 

Polyurethane Custom Liner · Transtibial Liner and Shape Plus Liner 

Fax: +49-5527-848-1585 

Order forms with order fax numbers for the different products can be 

found on pages 269 - 287. 

DVD 

Video 

Products with these symbols 

are registered trademarks in 

their respective countries. 

MOBIS® symbol legend 

Length of res. limb cm 

Otto Bock Service Fabrication offers individual products and 

services from the sector Prosthetics. These are listed in the catalog 

646K71=GB. 

Indoor walker 

Restricted outdoor walker 

Unrestricted outdoor walker 

For more information or to place 

orders for products from the sector 

Materials and Tools, please use the 

Otto Bock 646K1=GB Materials 

Catalog. 

Unrestricted outdoor walker 

with rigorous demands 

Limited weight category 

(here maximum 85 kg) 

Materials 

For orthopedic technology 

2007 

≤ 85 kg 

II Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.ottobock.com

Order Information 

User Tips and Order Placement 

Product identification 

Name of product 

Brief description 

of product 

Socket attachment block for thermoplastic socket 

Aluminum 

The 5R6 Socket Attachment Block is available for three residual limb 

circumferences. It functions as a removable connecting piece between 

the self-supporting thermoplastic socket and the modular system. 

Order no. or 

article no. 

Order no. 5R6=1 5R6=2 5R6=3 

Weight 160 g 135 g 115 g 

System height 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm 

Image of product 

Circumf. distal 

~ 400 mm ~ 320 mm ~ 250 mm 

res. limb 

Material Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum 

Max. body weight 100 kg 100 kg 100 kg 

Tool 5Y14 is required to create the proper distal shape. It must be 

ordered separately. 

Tip 

647H4 

Available 

infomation material 

Technical data 

such as diameter, size, 

system height, material, 

MOBIS® 

Product accessories are not included in the delivery 

of the product and must be ordered separately. 

Accessory for 5R6 

Have to be ordered separately. 

This tool facilitates creating the proper distal shape. 

Article no. 5Y14=1 5Y14=2 5Y14=3 

Product components 

which serve as spare 

parts for service and 

repair. 

For 5R6=1 5R6=2 5R6=3 

647H4 

Single components 

replacement parts 

Article number 5R1 5R2 5R6 4R108 4R109 

506S1=5x16 

Roll Pin 

501S41=M6x16 

Countersunk Screw (Allen screw) 

Single-component Minimum quantity Can be ordered separately 

pack order 

Order code 

Select the desired product and determine the order number. That number consists of the article number plus additional parameters 

such as body side, size, material and color. The order samples on the respective catalog pages show how the order number 

can be determined quickly and easily. 

Example: 

Article no. 

Sides 

2C5 

left (L), right (R) 

Sizes 22 cm 23 cm 24 cm 25 cm 26 cm 27 cm 28 cm 29 cm 30 cm 31 cm 

Weights ~150g ~155g ~195g ~210g ~225g ~235g ~265g ~275g ~310g ~320g 

Colors beige (4), light tan (15) 

Order no. (order sample): 

Article no. = Side Weight / Color 

2C5 = R 28 / 15 

That order number is then to be used when making inquiries or placing orders by phone, fax, email or via the 

online shop. 


III

Otto Bock HealthCare Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG 

Max-Näder-Str. 15 · D–37115 Duderstadt 

Tel. +49 5527 848-3411 · Fax +49 5527 848-1414 

e-mail: healthcare@ottobock.de · www.ottobock.com 

Other countries not listed: 

Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH 


Tel. +49 5527 848-0 · Fax +49 5527 72330 

e-mail: export@ottobock.de · www.ottobock.com 

Otto Bock Healthcare Products GmbH 

Kaiserstraße 39 · A–1070 Wien 

Tel. +43 1 5269548 · Fax +43 1 5267985 

e-mail: vertrieb.austria@ottobock.com · www.ottobock.at 

Otto Bock Adria Sarajevo D.O.O. 

Omladinskih radnih brigada 5 · BIH–71000 Sarajevo 

Tel. +387 33 766200 · Fax +387 33 766201 

obadria@bih.net.ba · www.ottobockadria.com.ba 

Otto Bock Suisse AG 

Pilatusstrasse 2, Postfach 87 · CH–6036 Dierikon 

Telefon +41 41 4556171 · Fax +41 41 4556170 

e-mail: suisse@ottobock.com 

Otto Bock R s.r.o. 

Protetická 460 · CZ–33008 Zruč-Senec 

Tel. +420 37 7825044 · Fax +420 37 7825036 

e-mail: email@ottobock.cz · www.ottobock.cz 

Otto Bock Algérie E.U.R.L. 

32, rue Ahcène outalab - Coopérative les Mimosas 

Mackle-Ben Aknoun - Alger · DZ–Algérie 

Tel. + 213 21 913863 · Fax + 213 21 913863 

e-mail: information@ottobock.fr · www.ottobock.fr 

Otto Bock Iberica S.A. 

C/Majada, 1 · E–28760 Tres Cantos (Madrid) 

Tel. +34 91 8063000 · Fax +34 91 8060415 

info@ottobock.es · www.ottobock.es 

Otto Bock Orthopedic Services S.A.E. 

28 - Soleman Abaza St. · ET–Mohandessen - Cairo 

Tel. +20 2 7606818 · Fax +20 2 7606818 

e-mail: ottobock-eg@link.net 

Otto Bock France SNC 

4 Rue de la Réunion · B.P. 11 · F–91941 Les Ulis Cedex 

Tél. +33 1 69188830 · Fax +33 1 69071802 


© DiskArt 1988 

Otto Bock Healthcare plc 

32, Parsonage Road · Englefield Green 

GB–Egham, Surrey TW20 0LD 

Tel. +44 1784 744900 · Fax +44 1784 744901 

e-mail: bockuk@ottobock.com · www.ottobock.co.uk 

Otto Bock Hungária Kft. 

Tatai út 74. · H–1135 Budapest 

Tel. +36 1 4511020 · Fax +36 1 4511021 

e-mail: info@ottobock.hu · www.ottobock.hu 

© Otto Bock 2007 · Printed in Germany 

646K1=GB – 06.07 

Otto Bock Adria D.O.O. 

Jakova Gotovca 5 · HR–10430 Samobor 

Tel. +385 1 3361544 · Fax +385 1 3365986 

e-mail: ottobockadria@ottobock.hr · www.ottobock.hr 

Otto Bock Italia S.R.L 

Via Filippo Turati 5/7 · I–40054 Budrio (BO) 

Tel. +39 051 692-4711 · Fax +39 051 692-4720 

e-mail: info.italia@ottobock.com · www.ottobock.it 

Otto Bock Benelux B.V. 

Ekkersrijt 1412 · NL–5692 AK-Son en Breugel 

Tel. +31 499 474585 · Fax +31 499 476250 

e-mail: info.benelux@ottobock.com · www.ottobock.nl 

Industria Ortopédica Otto Bock Unip. Lda. 

Av. Miguel Bombarda, 21 - 2º Esq. · P–1050-161 Lisboa 

Tel.: +351 21 3535587 · Fax: +351 21 3535590 

e-mail:ottobockportugal@mail.telepac.pt 

Otto Bock Polska Sp. z o. o. 

Ulica Koralowa 3 · PL–61-029 Poznań 

Tel. +48 61 6538250 · Fax +48 61 6538031 

e-mail: ottobock@ottobock.pl · www.ottobock.pl 

Otto Bock Moscow 

5. Donskoj projezd 15 strojenie 16 · RUS–119334 Moscow 

Tel. +7 495 564-8360 · Fax +7 495 564-8363 

e-mail: info@ottobock.ru · www.ottobock.ru 

Otto Bock Scandinavia AB 

Koppargatan 3 · Box 623 · S–60114 Norrköping 

Tel. +46 11 280600 · Fax +46 11 312005 

e-mail: info@ottobock.se · www.ottobock.se 

Otto Bock Sava D.O.O. 

Drugog ustanka 19, lokal 1 

Republika Srbija · SRB–18000 Niš 

Tel./Fax. +381 18 539 191 

e-mail: ottobocksava@sbb.co.yu 

Otto Bock Ortopedi ve Rehabilitasyon Teknii Ltd. ti. 

Ali Dursun Bey Caddesi · Lati Lokum Sokak 

Meriç Sitesi B Block No: 6/1 

TR–34387 Mecidiyeköy-İstanbul 

Tel. + 90 212 3565040· Faks +90 212 3566688 

e-mail: info@ottobock.com.tr · www.ottobock.com.tr 

Otto Bock Argentina S.A. 

Piedras, 1314 - Código Postal: 

RA–1147 Ciudad Autônoma de Buenos Aires 

Tel. + 54 11 4300 0076 

ventas@ottobock.com.ar 

Otto Bock do Brasil Ltda. 

Rua Jovelino Aparecido Miguel, 32 

BR–13051-030 Campinas-São Paulo 

Tel. +55 19 3729 3500 · Fax +55 19 3269 6061 

ottobock@ottobock.com.br · www.ottobock.com.br 

Otto Bock Healthcare Canada Ltd. 

2897 Brighton Road · CDN–Oakville · Ontario L6H 6C9 

Tel. +1 905 8292080 · Fax +1 905 8291811 

e-mail: info@ottobockcanada.com · www.ottobockcanada.com 

Otto Bock HealthCare Andina Ltda. 

Clínica Universitária Teletón, Autopista Norte km 21, 

La Caro · Chia, Cundinamarca · Bogotá / Colombia 

Tel. +57 1 8619988 · Fax +57 1 8619977 

e-mail: ottobock@telesat.com.co 

Otto Bock de Mexico S.A. de C.V. 

Av. Avila Camacho 2246 · Jardines del Country 

MEX–Guadalajara, Jal. 44210 

Tel. +52 33 38246787 · Fax +52 33 38531935 

e-mail: info@ottobock.com.mx · www.ottobock.com.mx 

Otto Bock Health Care LP 

Two Carlson Parkway North, Suite 100 

U.S.A.–Minneapolis, Minnesota 55447 

Phone +1 763 5539464 · Fax +1 763 5196153 

e-mail: karla.bellows@ottobockus.com 

www.ottobockus.com 

Otto Bock Australia Pty. Ltd. 

Suite 1.01, Century Corporate Centre 

62 Norwest Business Park 

AUS–Baulkham Hills N.S.W. 2153 

Tel. +61 2 88182800 · Fax +61 2 88182898 

e-mail: ottobock@australia.ottobock.de 

www.ottobock.com.au 

Beijing Otto Bock Orthopaedic Industries Co. Ltd. 

HengXiang Tower · No.15 Tuanjiehu South Road 

Chaoyang District · Beijing 100026 · P.R.China 

Tel. +86 10 85986880 · Fax +86 10 85980040 

china@ottobock.com.cn · www.ottobock.com.cn 

Otto Bock Asia Paci c Ltd. 

Suite 3218, 32/F., Sun Hung Kai Centre 

30 Harbour Road, Wanchai · Hong Kong 

Tel No. +852 2598 9772 · Fax No. +852 2598 7886 

e-mail: info@ottobock.com.hk 

Otto Bock HealthCare India Pvt. Ltd. 

Behind Fairlawn Housing Society · Sion Trombay Road 

Chembur · IND–Mumbai 400 071 

Tel. +91 22 2520 1268 · Fax +91 22 2520 1267 

information@indiaottobock.com · www.ottobockindia.com 

Otto Bock Japan K. K. 

Oak Minami-Azabu Bldg. 2F · 3-19-23, Minami-Azabu 

Minato-Ku, J–Tokyo · 106-0047 

Tel. +81 3 5447-1511 · Fax +81 3 5447-1512 

e-mail: ottobock@ottobock.co.jp · www.ottobock.co.jp 

Otto Bock Korea HealthCare Inc. 

Nongsan B/D 1F, 320-4 

Yangjae - 2 Dong Seocho-Gu · ROK–37-897 Seoul 

Tel. +82 2 577-3831 · Fax +82 2 577-3828 

e-mail: ottobock@korea.com · www.ottobockkorea.com 

Otto Bock Southeast Asia Co. Ltd. 

118 PSB Building · Vibhavadee-Rangsit Road 

Jompol, Jatujark · T–10900 Bangkok 

Tel. +66 2 691-5515 · Fax +66 2 691-5516 

e-mail: obsea@ottobock.co.th · www.ottobock.co.th 

Contact 

How to contact us: 

Customer service is a main priority at Otto 

Bock. Our competent contact persons assist 

you with their comprehensive know-how, inform 

you about the newest developments and consult 

you in all matters concerning our products. 

For more complex inquiries, our product experts 

and specialists from Fabrication will be glad to 

help you. In addition Otto Bock offers comprehensive 

service and marketing concepts. 

At www.ottobock.com you can at any time 

obtain up-to-date product information. 

Europe 

Otto Bock worldwide 

Asia/Paci c 


The addresses of our branches throughout 

the world are listed at the end of this catalog. 

Americas 

IV 


Kundennr.: 

Firma 

Straße 

PLZ/Ort 

Telefon: 

Fax: 


10 

 

 

Kunde nr.: 

Polyurethane 

Firma 

Straße 

PLZ/Ort 

Telefon: 

Fax: 




Links Rechts 

6Y416 Shape Plus Maßliner 

6Y417 

Hinweis: 

Custom Uniform nach Maß 

(einheitliche Wandstärke) 

Custom Tapered nach Maß 

Textilbeschichtung: 

ohne mit 

komple t, Farbe: 

Distaler Anschluß: ohne 

MOBIS 

Kunde nr.: 

Firma 

Straße 

PLZ/Ort 

Telefon: 

Fax: 


Links 

Wandstärke: 

12 

6Y70=M 

6Y71=M 

(mit 

6Y71=M-1 

( 

6Y60=M 

(mit 

6Y61=M 

(mit 

6Y61=M-1 

( 

Neubestellung 

Hinweis: 

Patientendaten 

Name: 

Geburtsdatum: 

Oberschenkel-I nenbohrung 

Konisch vergrößert 

Knieumfang 

Wadenumfang 

Fe selumfang 

Oberschenkelumfang 

Kniespalt 

Kniespalt- 

Bodenmaß 

Boden 

A le Angaben in m 

Konturhöhe 

(mind. 100 m länger 

als das Kniespalt- 

Bodenmaß) 

Content 

Leg Prostheses for Children 2 - 21 

Modular Lower Limb Prostheses 22 - 23 

Initial and Interim Prostheses 24 - 31 


for Children 

Modular Lower 

Limb Prostheses 


Prostheses 


· System Height 

· EasySelect 

MOBIS® 

· System Overview 

· Component Combinations 

32 - 41 

42 - 49 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Modular Prosthetic Feet 50 - 103 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Modular Adapters 104 - 139 

Adapter 


· Mechanical Knee Joints 

· C-Leg®-Product Line 

140 - 181 

Modular Hip Joints 182 - 185 

Socket Technologies 186 - 231 

Cosmetic Covers 232 - 247 

Exoskeletal Leg Prostheses 248 - 268 




Kunde nr.: Auftragsnr.: Datum: 

Versandadresse Auftra geber (we n von Versandadre se abweichend) 

Firma Firma 

Straße Straße 


Telefon: Telefon: 

Fax: Fax: 

Individue le Schaumsto füberzüge 

Beste lfax: 0 527 848 1585 

Gewicht: Prothese/Knietyp: ___ _____ ____ 

Betro fene Seite: links rechts 

Geschlecht: weiblich mä nlich 

Order Information / Glossary / Index 269 - 295 

Index 

16 O to Bock HealthCare | Prothetik – Untere Extremität | w.o tobock.de

CORNER 

Leg 

Prostheses for Children

Leg Prostheses for Children 

CORNER 


for Children 

Leg Prostheses for Children 

Children are ready to discover the whole world. They want to be independent early 

on and “keep pace”, not only when playing and romping about, but also during 

everyday activities. 

The prosthetic fitting of children and adolescents is a special challenge for humans 

and technology. Otto Bock adapted its proven modular system for adults 

to the special needs of children. Using solid light metal, we designed particularly 

lightweight, stable and functional modules. 

Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.ottobock.com 3

CORNER 

Leg 

Prostheses for Children 


for Children 

The Otto Bock modular system assists children from 2 years and older as they 

grow up and allows a smooth transition into the adult system. Children 13 years 

and older (corresponding roughly to a body weight over 45 kg, body height 145 

cm and foot size 21) can use knee joints such as the 3R106 or 3R95=1. 

Due to the extreme stresses that children place on the components, regular 

inspections and servicing by the prosthetist are necessary at predetermined 

intervals. We recommend that the components be inspected every 3 months. The 

components should be tested to ensure proper functioning, and the tube adaptors 

should be checked for deformation or damage. 

4 Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.ottobock.com

Feet 

CORNER 

SACH* Foot for Children 

The 1S30 SACH* Foot for Children features a 2-piece construction and 

is especially suitable for small children who need a stable foot. The sole 

of the foot is exchangeable. Its functional properties are ensured through 

a reliable combination of contoured core material and Pedilan foam. The 

foot is designed for use with modular or exoskeletal prostheses and can 

be combined with the 2R40=2 Modular Adapter or 2K36=17 Shaped 

Ankle Part. 


for Children 

Order no. (order example): 

Article no. = Side Size 

1S30 = L 12 

Article no. 

Heel height 

Sides 

1S30 

10 +/- 5 mm 


Sizes 12 cm 13 cm 

System height 

with adapter 

37 mm 40 mm 

Weight** ~ 90 g ~ 100 g 

Max. body weight 

Color 

35 kg 

beige / white 



2Z25 Pedilan® Sole with Heel Wedge for 1S30 

Order no. 2Z25=L12 2Z25=R12 2Z25=L13 2Z25=R13 

Sides left right left right 

Sizes 12 cm 13 cm 

See page 7 for accessories for modular and exoskeletal prostheses. 

* SACH=Solid Ankle Cushion Heel 

** without adapter 


CORNER 

Feet 


for Children 

Otto Bock SACH* Foot for Children 

The 1K30 SACH* Foot for Children is a robust prosthetic foot specially 

designed to meet the needs of young prosthetic limb users. It features a 

natural form with a smooth surface and fully shaped toes. Its functional 

properties are ensured through a reliable combination of contoured core 

material and Pedlian foam. The foot is designed for use with modular or 

exoskeletal prostheses and can be combined with a modular adapter or 

shaped ankle part. 

Article no. 

Heel height 

Sides 

1K30 

5 +/- 5 mm 


Sizes 14 cm 15 cm 16 cm 17 cm 18 cm 19 cm 20 cm 21 cm 

System height with 2R40 40 mm 42 mm 44 mm 46 mm 48 mm 50 mm 52 mm 54 mm 

Weight** ~ 95 g ~115 g ~125 g ~145 g ~175 g ~180 g ~200 g ~220 g 

Max. body weight 35 kg 45 kg 

Color 



1K30 = L 16 

beige 

Otto Bock Dynamic Foot for Children 

Article no. 

Heel height 

Sides 

1K10 

5 +/- 5 mm 




Weight** ~120 g ~130 g ~140 g ~155 g ~180 g ~210 g ~230 g ~255 g 


Color 

The 1K10 is a robust dynamic foot with a natural shape, smooth surface, 

and fully shaped toes. The foot features a contoured core and employs 

foams with a variety of characteristics. As a result, it offers a pleasant heel 

strike as well as easier roll-off and better energy return than the SACH* 

Foot. The 1K10 is designed for use with modular or exoskeletal prostheses 

and can be combined with a modular adapter or shaped ankle part. 



1K10 = L 16 

beige 




Feet 

CORNER 

Accessories for modular prostheses 

Foot Adapter with Screw Connection 

With 636W28 Otto Bock Two-Part Adhesive 

647G97 

For all 1S* and 1K* feet for children, sizes 12 – 17 



for Children 

Order no. 2R40=2 

Material 

Aluminum / Steel 

Weight 

45 g 

Max. body weight 35 kg 

For all 1S* and 1K* feet for children, sizes 18 – 21 


Material 


Weight 

80 g 


The system height has already been taken into account for this foot. 



Screw Connections for 2R40 

Order no. 2D6=M6 2D6=M8 

For 2R40=2 2R40=1 

Scope of Delivery 

1 cap screw 

1 flat washer 

1 serrated lock 

washer 

1 cap screw 

1 flat washer 


washer 

Accessories for exoskeletal prostheses 


Shaped Ankle Part 

Without bushings, used for both left and right applications 

Order no. 2K36=17 2K36=21 

For size range 12 – 17 cm 18 – 21 cm 

Screw Connection for 2K36 

Order no. 2Z22=M6 2Z22=M8x70 

For 2K36=17 2K36=21 

Scope of Delivery 

1 bolt adapter 

1 cap screw 

1 flat washer 


washer 

1 bolt adapter 

1 cap screw 

1 flat washer 


washer 


CORNER 

Feet 


for Children 

Springlite® II Pediatric 

The 1E66 Springlite® II Pediatric is a carbon prosthetic foot that offers 

high energy return during everyday activities and recreational sports. 

SL=42P310 

The foot is a custom fabrication. 

Please order it directly from our customer service. 

For ordering information and measurement sheets, see pages 

269ff. in the appendix. 

Article no. 

1E66 

Heel height 

6 mm 

Sizes 13 cm 14 cm 15 cm 16 cm 17 cm 18 cm 19 cm 20 cm 21 cm 

Weight* ~240g ~243g ~245g ~248g ~250g ~253g ~255g ~258g ~260g 

Min. system height 

109 mm 

Max. system height 

380 mm 


50 kg 

* without cosmetic foot cover and adapter 


Feet 

CORNER 

Connection options for the Modular System 

Connection to modular Connection Anschluss to an 

Anschluss an Modularteile mit 

parts with pyramid modular Modularteile parts with mit 

Justierkern/-aufnahme 

adapter/receiver 

tube Rohrklemmung 

clamp 

⌀ 30 mm 

⌀ 22 mm 

Connection to 

Anschluss an 

socket adapter/ 

Schaftadapter/-ansatz 

attachment block 

⌀ 34 mm 4-Hole-Euro M6 4-Hole-Euro M6 

without thread 


for Children 

Zubehör 

Accessories 

⌀ 34 mm 

4R82=P 

Tube Clamp 

Adapter 

SH* -12mm 

⌀ 34 mm 

⌀ 34 mm 

4R82 

Tube Clamp 

Adapter 

SH* 33mm 

2R182=30 2R182=22 

Transfemoral Fitting 

SH* 89 mm 

2R183 

Spacer Sleeve, 

50 mm 

SH* 6 mm 

max. SH* 76 mm 

min. SH* with 3R65 44 mm 

min. SH* with 3R66 51 mm 

4R431=1 

Socket Adapter 

SH* 5 mm 

4R431=2 


SH* 5 mm 

Einzelteile 

2R183 


50 mm 

SH* 6 mm 

2R183=L 

Length Compensation, 

120 mm 

SH* 79 mm 


4R415 

Spacer Plate, 

4-Hole 

SH* 3 mm 

* SH = system height 

2R182=22: Combination with 3R39 and 3R65. 

Cannot be used with the Otto Bock Children System. Please use components that comply with the MOBIS® system. 

Accessories 


2E3 Footshell for Children 



2E3 = L 14 

Article no. 

2E3 

Sides 



Weight ~60 g ~65g ~70g ~80g ~90g ~95g ~100g ~110g ~120g 

Color 

beige 


CORNER 

Feet 


for Children 

SL Profile for Children 

The 1E79 SL Profile for Children is a lightweight carbon foot designed 

to fit Symes-level amputations. The SL Profile comes with a pyramid for 

integration with the Otto Bock modular system based on MOBIS®. 

647G338=04 




269ff in the annex. 

Article no. 

Heel height 

1E79 

6 mm 

Sizes 19 cm 20 cm 21 cm 


Weight* ~ 155 g ~ 160 g ~ 165 g 


50 kg 

Cannot be used with the Otto Bock Children System. Please use 

components that comply with the MOBIS® system. 

Chopart Footplate for Children 

The 1E87 Chopart Footplate for Children is a carbon foot with a very 

low installation height for fitting Chopart or partial foot deficiencies. 

A complete kit for connecting the footplate directly to the prosthetic socket 

is available as an accessory. 

SL=42P303 




269ff in the appendix. 

Article no. 

1E87 

Heel height 

6 mm 


Installation height 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 16 mm 16 mm 16 mm 17 mm 17 mm 17 mm 

Weight* ~ 20 g ~ 21 g ~ 22 g ~ 23 g ~ 24 g ~ 25 g ~ 26 g ~ 27 g ~ 28 g 


50 kg 

* without cosmetic foot cover 


Feet 

CORNER 

Accessories 

2E3 Footshell for Children 



2E3 = L 14 



for Children 

Article no. 

2E3 

Sides 



Weight ~60 g ~65g ~70g ~80g ~90g ~95g ~100g ~110g ~120g 

Color 

beige 

SL=P078 Chopart Bonding Kit 

Including primer 636W80 

SL=P071 Footshell Foam Kit 

Soft, flexible foam for filling the footshell (optional) 


CORNER 

Modular 

Adapters 


for Children 

Tube Adapter 

Aluminum 

The 2R41=1 Tube Adapter is designed for use with the 2R40=1 Foot 

Adapter and is only suitable for use below the prosthetic knee joint or in a 

transtibial prosthesis. (Not intended for use above the prosthetic knee joint.) 


Diameter 

22 mm 

Weight 

140 g 

Min. system height 87 mm 

Max. system height 330 mm 

Material 

Aluminum 


647G97 

Tube Adapter 

Aluminum 

The 2R41=2 Tube Adapter is designed for use with the 2R40=2 Foot 

Adapter and is suitable for use in transfemoral and transtibial prostheses 

both below and above the knee joint. 


Diameter 

Weight 



Material 


647G97 

22 mm 

125 g 

85 mm 

288 mm 

Aluminum 

35 kg 

Tube Adapter, Angled at 13° 

Aluminum 

The 2R48 Angled Tube Adapter is designed for use with the 7E8 Modular 

Hip Joint for children. 

Order no. 

Diameter 

Weight 



Material 


2R48 

22 mm 

105 g 

87 mm 

229 mm 

Aluminum 

45 kg 

Angle 13° 

647G97 


Modular Adapters 

CORNER 

Tube Clamp Adapter 

Aluminum 

The 4R66 Tube Clamp Adapter is designed solely for use in transtibial 

prostheses. 

Order no. 

Diameter 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


4R66 

22 mm 

45 g 

- 11 mm 

Aluminum 

45 kg 


for Children 

Socket Attachment Block 

Plastic 

The 5R9 Socket Attachment Block is intended solely for use in transtibial 

and transfemoral prostheses. 

Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


5R9 

125 g 

30 mm 

Plastic 

45 kg 

To laminate the unit, use the 4X8 Lamination Aid provided. 

647H119 


Aluminum 

The 4R60 Socket Adapter is intended solely for use in transtibial and 

transfemoral prostheses. 

Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


4R60 

45 g 

33 mm 

Aluminum 

45 kg 

647H119 


CORNER 

Modular 

Adapters 


for Children 

Lamination Anchor with Pyramid Receiver 

Aluminum 

The 4R110 Lamination Anchor is suitable for use in transtibial and 

transfemoral prostheses and has to be laminated into the socket. 

Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


4R110 

55 g 

35 mm 

Aluminum 

45 kg 

To laminate the unit, use the Lamination Aid provided. 

647H252 



Order no. 2R41=1 2R41=2 2R48 4R60 4R66 4R110 5R9 

506G3=M6 

Set Screw 

501S42=M6X18 

Oval Allen Head Screw 

501S41=M5x16 

Countersunk Head Screw 

4X8 

Lamination Aid 

Single component pack Minimum order quantity Can be ordered individually 


Knee Joints 

CORNER 

Modular Knee Joints for Children 


for Children 

Functionality of the Knee Joint 

3R66 

3R65 

3R38 

3R39 

Mobility of the child 

3R39 

Aluminum 

Modular Knee Joint with Lock 

Single-axis, with adjustable joint lock 

Order no. 

Proximal connection 

Distal connection 

Weight 

3R39 

Pyramid adapter 

Tube clamp Ø 22 mm 

145 g 

Knee flexion angle 145° 

System height 

Proximal system 

height up to alignment 

reference point 

Distal system 



Material 


647G99 

24 mm 

2 mm 

22 mm 

Aluminum 

45 kg 



4D20 Single component Pack for 3R39 

Consists of: 

1 joint axis 

2 bearing washers 

1 straight pin 


CORNER 

Knee 

Joints 


for Children 

3R38 

Aluminum 

Modular Knee Joint 

Single-axis, with adjustable extension assist mechanism for swing phase 

control. 

Order no. 



Weight 

3R38 



160 g 


System height 




Distal system 



Material 


647G99 

24 mm 

2 mm 

22 mm 

Aluminum 

45 kg 


3R66 


Consists of: 

1 straight pin, 1 guide sleeve, 1 O-ring 

1 joint axis, 2 bearing washers 

Modular Knee Joint with Integrated Rotation 

Polycentric, with 

• Adjustable extension stop for variable knee stability 

• Adjustable extension assist for swing phase control 

The lower joint section features an integrated rotation unit that enables the 

prosthetic foot to be rotated and automatically reset when it is not bearing 

any load. The joint also offers a large 165° flexion angle so the child can 

assume a good kneeling or squatting position with his/her foot rotated 

outward. 

Order no. 



Weight 

3R66 



310 g 


System height 




Distal system height 

up to alignment 


Material 


647H212 

78 mm 

- 6 mm 

83 mm 

Aluminum 

35 kg 


Aluminum 


Knee Joints 

CORNER 

3R65 

Aluminum 

Single-Axis Modular Knee Joint with Hydraulic Swing 

Phase Control 

A miniature hydraulic unit controls the swing phase and allows for 

dynamic adjustment to changing speeds. Extension and flexion damping 

features can be adjusted to suit the mobility of the young user. 


for Children 

Order no. 



Weight 

3R65 



315 g 


System height 




Distal system 



Material 


647H180 

74 mm 

8 mm 

67 mm 

Aluminum 

45 kg 



Consists of: 

1 oval head countersunk screw 

1 extension stop bumper 



CORNER 

Hip 

Joints 


for Children 

7E8 

Modular Hip Joint for Children 

Aluminum 

Modular Hip Joint 

Single-axis joint, with adjustable extension assist mechanism to limit stride 

length and adjustable abduction/adduction and flexion/extension. 

Order no. 



Weight 

System height 

Material 


7E8 

Lamination anchor 


215 g 

19 mm 

Aluminum 

45 kg 

647G98 



7D3 Single component Pack for 7E8 

Consists of: 

1 straight pin 

1 extension assist tappet 

1 bearing washer 



Exoskeletal Joint 

CORNER 

3P21 

Exoskeletal Joint 

Poplar 

Single Axis Knee-Calf Component for Children 

With constant friction unit, standard extension stop frame and knee ball 


for Children 


Article no. = Side Calf circumf. 

3P21 = L 26 

Article no. 

Sides 

Calf circumference 

Material 

3P21 


24 cm, 26 cm, 28 cm 

Poplar 

Accessories 


726W11 Taped Reamer 

For reaming worn knee axis bushings 



2 

1 

3 

3D5 Single component Pack for 3P21 

Consists of: 

1 knee axis with knee axis screw (stainless steel) (1) 

2 knee axis bushings (2) 

1 extension stop frame (3) 

2 oval head screws (4) 

2 friction screws –slotted– (5) 

2 constant friction units (plastic) (6) 

1 stop (Pedilan®) (7) 

4 

7 

6 

5 


CORNER 

Foam 

Covers 


for Children 

Foam Cover 

Polyurethane flexible foam 

The cover for children’s modular transtibial prostheses features a 

pre-drilled hole (22 mm in diameter) and is pre-formed. It can be used 

on either the left or right side. 

Order no. 

Length 

Tube diameter 

Material 

Color 

6R7 

~ 35 cm 

22 mm 


beige 

In accordance with DIN 75200, the material is flame resistant. 

Meets requirements of MVSS 302 standard ≤ 100 mm. 

Foam Cover 


The cover for children’s modular transfemoral and hip disarticulation 

prostheses features a pre-drilled hole (22 mm in diameter) and is 

pre-formed. It can be used on either the left or right side. 

Order no. 

Length 

Tube diameter 

Material 

Color 

3R48 

~ 70 cm 

22 mm 


beige 

In accordance with DIN 75200, the material is flame resistant. 

Meets requirements of MVSS 302 standard ≤ 100 mm. 

Perlon Cosmetic Stockings 

Perlon cosmetic stockings are used as cosmetic finishing for children’s 

modular system knee disarticulation, transfemoral and hip prostheses. 

Order no. 99B22=1 99B22=2 99B22=3 

Length approx. 34 cm approx. 37 cm approx. 44 cm 


Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.ottobock.com 21 


for Children

Modular Lower Limb Prostheses 

22





The concept of modular lower limb prostheses was invented by Otto Bock. Today, 

this type of prosthesis is the standard solution used in orthopedic care provided 

to prosthesis users. 

Components are fastened to each other in a way that ensures their easy disassembly 

and replacement. Static corrections during alignment, trial fitting and even 

after finalization of the prosthesis may be made at any time in a clear and reproducible 

manner. 

In order to meet individual user requirements, we offer a large number of functionally 

different components made of aluminum, titanium and stainless steel. 

As a further development of our Otto Bock Classification System®, MOBIS® will 

help you make the right choice for the specific indication. Use the MOBIS® symbol 

to select modular components according to the Mobility Grade and patient 

weight in order to achieve customized fitting. 

As part of our continuous innovation, we are improving the modular system to 

meet the increasingly sophisticated requirements of prosthesis users. One of our 

landmark achievements was the introduction of the fully microprocessor-controlled 

C-Leg® prosthesis system, the first of its kind in the world. 


Initial and Interim Prostheses 

24



Early fitting of a prosthesis plays a significant role in rehabilitation success. The 

prompt and correct application of compression to the residual limb, together with 

the appropriate therapy have a positive impact on the individual’s rehabilitation 

process. 

As a temporary fitting, interim prostheses (such as the Halmstad interim transtibial 

prosthesis) are a useful means to bridge the period between early and definitive 

fitting. A trial fitting can serve to objectively determine whether the individual 

will regain the ability to stand upright and walk. 

Specially designed adapters have proven themselves for length and alignment 

adjustments prior to the definitive fitting. Otto Bock offers length-adjustable tube 

and sliding adapters that help you align the prosthesis according to the patient’s 

needs during trial walking. In most cases, these adapters are fitted with a graduated 

scale that ensures easily reproducible adjustment and facilitates documentation. 

When finishing the prosthesis, these adapters are replaced with structural 

parts classified within the Otto Bock MOBIS® Mobility System. 


Prostheses 




for Children 




Prostheses 

Saarbrucken Prosthesis for Early Fitting 

This prosthesis is a reusable therapeutic device that can be used for transtibial 

amputees and patients with knee disarticulation. The load bearing 

element is a laminated resin frame with distal modular connection. Two 

pneumatic covers compress the residual limb to prevent edema. 

An adjustable manometer assists with the fitting and accommodates 

changes in the residual limb. Parameters such as timing of the first fitting 

and degree of compression are determined by the physician. The following 

components serve to connect to the Otto Bock modular system: 

Frame Socket 

Made of lamination resin, with adjustment pyramid 

Order no. 6K4=1 6K4=2 

Length 55 cm 43 cm 

For 

Transtibial 

residual limb 

Knee disarticulation 

Pneumatic Transfemoral Cover* 

Order no. 6S2=1 6S2=2 

Upper/lower 

circumference 

64/50 cm 60/52 cm 


For 

Transtibial 

residual limb 


End Bearing Cushion* 

Order no. 

99B23 

Diameter 

165 mm 

Length 

250 mm 

6S1 Pneumatic End Bearing Cover* 

743D1 Manometer with Inflating Ball 

With outlet valve and hose connection, 

including 616R2=8x1.5 PVC Hose, 200 mm long, 

and 616R8 Hose Adapter 

Information about the Saarbrucken Prosthesis for Early Fitting: 

646V22=GB 

647H162 

Residual limb socks are listed from page 224. 

* To be used for one fitting only! 



Halmstad Interim Transtibial Prosthesis 

This short prosthesis allows early fittings for transtibial amputees. Over 

a compression bandage the thermoplastic socket is formed to the shape 

of the residual limb. The distal section consists of modular components 

which may be reused. 

The timing of the fitting, the training and duration of use are determined by 

the physician. 

Halmstad Interim Prosthesis Kit 

For connection to the Otto Bock modular system, 

Consists of: 

621T21 Thermoplastic Socket with Struts, 85x390 mm 

451F2=40 Residual Limb Sock (2 pcs.), 

452K7=5 Knee Cap, 

99B26=2 End Bearing Cushion, formable, 

Elastic bandage (2 per package) 


Prostheses 

Order no. 6B3=1 6B3=2 

Distal circumference 340 mm 300 mm 

Proximal 

circumference 

510 mm 470 mm 

Accessories for 6B3 


In order to finish the prosthesis, the prosthetic foot with adapter, tube 

adapter, tube clamp adapter, socket adapter and 5R6 Socket Attachment 

Block have to be ordered separately. 

Attachment Block for Thermoplastic Socket 

Light metal 

Order no. 5R6=1 5R6=2 

For 6B3=1 6B3=2 




for Children 




Prostheses 

Tube Adapter, Short, Length-adjustable 

Stainless steel 

This adapter is used as an adjusting element for alignment optimization 

and must be removed prior to completion of the definitive prosthesis. 

Order no. 

Diameter 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


2R45=S 

30 mm 

200 g 

70 mm 


100 kg 

To be used for initial and/or interim prostheses only! 

Tube Adapter, Diameter 34 mm, Length-adjustable 


This adapter is used as an adjusting element for alignment optimization and 

must be removed prior to completion of the definitive prosthesis. The length 

can be adjusted using the scale on the two included tubes. In addition, the 

inner and outer rotation of the foot may be adjusted. 


Diameter 

Weight 

with tube 2R56=230 

Weight 

with tube 2R56=300 



Material 


34 mm 

430 g 

470 g 

268 mm 

398 mm 


125 kg 

To be used for initial and/or interim prostheses for testing and trial 

fitting only! 

647G255 



Sliding Adapter 

Aluminum 

The 4R101 is mounted between the socket attachment block (e.g. 5R1 

or 5R6) and the socket adapter (e.g. 4R51) or functional adapter (4R40 

Torsion Adapter). It allows independent shifts in the frontal and sagittal 

planes and a convenient scale makes it easy to track adjustments. 

Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 

Sliding range in 

M-L and A-P 

directions 


4R101 

205 g 

25 mm 

Aluminum 

+/- 11 mm 

100 kg 


Prostheses 

For transtibial prostheses, the 4R101 Sliding Adapter is suitable 

only for the first or interim use. For transfemoral prostheses, the 

4R101 Sliding Adapter can be used for regular, long-term usage. 

647H141 

Sliding Adapter Set 

The Sliding Adapter Set serves to optimize alignment of modular lower 

limb prostheses in temporary initial and/or interim fittings. 

It includes two assembly plates, one adapter with pyramid and one 

adapter with pyramid receiver. Adjustments may be made both in the 

frontal and the sagittal plane, as well as in the rotational direction. 

4R112-2 4R112-1 

Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

(plate and both adapters) 

Material 

Sliding range in A-P 

direction: 

- with assembly plate 1 


Sliding range in M-L 

direction: 



Rotational adjustment 


647H457 

4R112 

From 195 g to Max. 510 g 

32 mm 

Aluminum, Titanium 

48 mm in 12 mm increments 




+/- 18° in 3° increments 

100 kg 




for Children 




Prostheses 

Adjustment Adapter 

Aluminum 

The 4R1 Adjustment Adapter is an adjustment tool that may only be used 

for trial fitting of lower limb prostheses. 

It facilitates correct static alignment and allows adjustments to be made 

while the patient is standing and bearing a load. The graduated scales 

ensure reproducible adjustments. As a result, the gait pattern can be 

optimized quickly within the course of trial walking. 

Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 

Sliding range in M-L 

direction (Max. sliding 

distance) 

Sliding range in 

A-P direction (Max. 

sliding distance) 


4R1 

615 g 

68 mm 

Aluminum 

30 mm ( each 15 mm) 

50 mm ( each 25 mm) 

100 kg 

The 4R1 is especially recommended in conjunction with the 

743L100 L.A.S.A.R. Posture and the 743A16 Otto Bock Transfer 

Apparatus. 

647H451 





Order no. Description 2R45=S 2R45=34 4R101 4R112 4R1 

2R56=230 Scaled Tube 230 mm 

2R56=300 Scaled Tube 300 mm 

501S41=M6x16 

501S44=M6x25 

501S41=M6x12 

501S71=M6x25 

501T48=M6x25 

501T61=M6x12 

501Z2=M6x25 

502Z22=M6 

506G3=M4x12 

506G3=M8x12-V 

507U12=6.2x10.3 

4Y212 

Countersunk Allen 

Head Screw 

Oval Allen Flange 

Head Screw 


Head Screw 


Head Screw 

Allen Cap Screw 

Allen Cap Screw 

Cap Screw 

Hexagon Nut with 

Conical Washer Face 

Set Screw 

Set Screw 

Washer 

Clamping Nut 

4R112-1 Assembly Plate 

4R112-2 Assembly Plate 

4Y19 

Pressure Plate 


Prostheses 




32



Alignment Instructions 

The prosthetic alignment of a lower limb prosthesis has considerable influence on 

the functional qualities of the prosthesis and thus on the quality of the fitting. 

Optimal prosthetic alignment is achieved in three steps: 

1. Bench alignment or plumb line alignment 

2. Static alignment optimization 

3. Dynamic alignment optimization 

Alignment 


The Otto Bock L.A.S.A.R. Assembly and L.A.S.A.R. Posture alignment units are 

used to facilitate working techniques, document prosthesis alignment, observe 

alignment instructions and to ensure reproducible fitting quality. 




for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


Bench alignment or plumb line alignment 

The L.A.S.A.R. Assembly is designed for bench 

alignment of modular lower limb prostheses. 

It is available as a Floor model 743L200/250 

and as a Bench Top model 743L300/350. 

In sagittal and frontal views, three laser 

lines are projected medially, laterally and 

anteriorly on the prosthesis or orthosis as 

alignment reference lines. 

For the three-dimensional alignment of a 

modular lower limb prosthesis, the knee joint 

is fixed in the apparatus, while the prosthetic 

foot, other prosthetic components and 

socket are mounted in accordance with the 

alignment recommendations. 

When aligning a transfemoral prosthesis according 

to the Otto Bock alignment recommendations, 

the knee joint is used as the basis 

in the L.A.S.A.R. Assembly. The knee joint 

is fixed with joint-specific brackets (adapter 

inserts) at the alignment reference point (single 

axis joints = rotation axis; polycentric joints 

= anterior upper axis). 

The recommended position of the alignment 

reference point is 20 mm above the medial tibial 

plateau. 

The socket is positioned so that its sagittal 

proximal center coincides with the alignment 

reference line. The socket flexion should be 

set to a 3-5 degree angle, though it may vary 

in different situations (e.g. in the case of hip 

joint contractures). The center of the foot is 

normally placed 30 mm in front of the alignment 

reference line and mounted with plantar 

flexion. Add 5 mm to the effective heel height 

(see illustration for 3R90). The outer position 

of the foot can be adjusted freely. The frontal 

alignment is based on the anterior projection 

of the laser beam. 

Further information on the topic ”alignment recommendation“ 

can be found in the DIN A1 

Poster with order number 646F219=GB. 

3R90 Bench Alignment 

3R60 Bench Alignment with 743L200/300 L.A.S.A.R. Assembly 



Static alignment optimization 

The L.A.S.A.R. Posture (743L100) is used to 

optimize the static alignment of a modular limb 

prodtheses during trial fitting. The L.A.S.A.R. 

Posture is used to visualize the position of 

the body´s center of gravity line, or load line 

while standing. 

To measure the load line, the amputee user 

steps onto the force sensor platform and 

places his/her contralateral leg on the levelling 

step plate (see graphic, step 1). 

A laser projects the measured ground reaction 

force as the body´s center of gravity 

line/load line on the body. Classification 

of the body posture in the sagittal 

plane is visualized by comparing the distances 

between the ground reaction force 

and joint points or body points. The align- 

ment of the prosthesis can then be optimized 

based on this load line. 

Since the adjustment of the transtibial prosthesis 

is controlled by force, the L.A.S.A.R. 

Posture enables an objective adjustment of 

the physiological load on the knee, which is 

the biomechanical goal. 

The transfemoral prosthesis is adjusted in relation 

to the knee. When force is transferred 

correctly between the socket and the residual 

limb, particularly in the proximal region, 

the distance between the knee and the load 

line is adjusted through appropriate plantar 

flexion only (e.g. 40 mm in the case of 3R90/ 

3R92, see graphic, step 2). Finally, dynamic 

optimization can take place between parallel 

bars. 

Alignment 


Information material: 

L.A.S.A.R. Posture 647H189 

646S1=7.06GB L.A.S.A.R. Posture 

Good posture – Basis for mobility 

646A76=GB L.A.S.A.R. Posture – 

three reports from the field: prostethics, 

orthotics, orthopedics 

647H193 

L.A.S.A.R. Assembly 

646F219=GB 

Poster alignment recommendation for TF 


40 mm 

2 

1 

L.A.S.A.R. Posture 743L100 

Static alignment optimisation using 3R90 as an example 


System Height 


for Children 

System Height – A New Measurement 

by Otto Bock® 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


Otto Bock has defined a measurement to assist 

you in filling the space between the socket 

and the floor with appropriate prosthetic 

components – the System Height. Every 

prosthetic component has a System Height. 

By adding up the individual values, you can 

easily determine the clearance for your selected 

components. 

The values established by Otto Bock take 

into account that the pyramid and pyramid 

receiver are interlocked in modular prosthesis 

systems. These values are listed in the 

respective product sections of the catalog 

in table form. 

The following section uses examples to illustrate 

the principle of System Height. 

You can use Otto Bock’s EasySelect software 

if you wish to work with the help of a computer. 

EasySelect takes into account System Heights 

as well as the functional compatibility of components 

(order number 647X17). 

For further information please see pages 

40 - 41. 

646A255=GB Folder system height 

Technical principle 

In a modular prosthesis system, the pyramid and pyramid receiver are interlocked. As a result, the actual height 

of the components can not be calculated exactly. 

The following diagram illustrates four key factors: 

• Each Otto Bock prosthetic component has a system height. 

• The System Height is different from the actual height of the prosthetic component. 

Therefore, it is not possible for the orthopedic technician to accurately measure the System Height. 

• When the System Heights are added together, the exact clearance of the combined components is the 

result. 

• Negative System Heights may also arise from the measurement procedure. When taking a close look at 

the socket adapter it becomes apparent that the measuring point (center of the circle) is already in the 

socket. The distance from the measuring point to the outer edge of the socket must be subtracted. 

As a result, the System Height of the socket adapter is negative. 

-5 mm 

112 mm 

179 mm 

72 mm 

Sum of System Heights = Clearance 

72 mm + 112 mm - 5 mm = 179 mm 


System Height 

Four steps for checking: Transtibial fittings 

You have a certain socket-to-floor distance. 

You have a disired component combination. 

Do they match?? 

1 

Take patient measurements 

MTP to end of socket 

Alignment 


MTP to floor 

Socket end to floor = _____ mm 

2 

Select components 

Article No. 

1D35 

Mobility Grade 2 + 3 

Heel height 

Sides 

10 +/- 5 mm 



System height 57 mm 60 mm 63 mm 66 mm 68 mm 72 mm 74 mm 75 mm 77 mm 

Weight 

~ 340 g ~ 435 g ~ 510 g ~ 545 g ~ 630 g ~ 645 g ~ 670 g ~ 730 g ~ 755 g 


Color beige (4), light brown (15) 

4R116 4R52 4R121=30 1D35, Gr. 27 

3 

Adding System Heights 

Components which can be shortened have a 

minimum and maximum System Height. The 

maximum System Height is the unaltered height 

of the component. The minimum value indicates 

the greatest possible reduction in size. 

Components 

4R116 

System Height 

Min. Max. 

- 2 mm 

4 

Comparing available 

socket-to-floor distance 

and clearance of the 

component combination 

The socket-to-floor distance must be 

between the minimum and maximum 

clearance of the selected component 

combination. 

4R52 

33 mm 

4R121=30 177 mm 553 mm 

1D35, size 27 72 mm 

Clearance = 280 mm 656 mm 


System Height 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


Prior to setting up a transfemoral prosthesis, the 

System Heights for each component are also 

added up to determine the clearance. However, 

the position of the knee joint must be 

taken into account. 

Every modular knee joint has an alignment reference 

point. In the case of single-axis joints, 

the rotation axis is used as the reference point, 

whereas the anterior upper axis is used in the 

case of polycentric knee joints. 

We recommend positioning the alignment reference 

point 20 mm above the medial tibial plateau 

(see illustration for positioning). 

However, the System Height of the knee joint 

alone is not sufficient to determine the position 

of the alignment reference point. 

Transfemoral fittings: 

System Heights for knee joints 

Therefore, for each modular knee joint, we also 

provide you with the proximal and distal System 

Height up to the alignment reference point. In 

this way, you can determine whether the available 

distal and proximal clearance will allow for 

the integration of the selected components. 

Fittings for long residual limbs and knee disarticulations 

often require a compromise between 

shifting the knee component distally in relation 

to the recommended position and, if necessary, 

selecting alternative components with shorter 

System Heights. 

EasySelect, our software for the digital selection 

and configuration of leg prosthesis components, 

will automatically make these calculations 

for you (see pages 40 - 41). 

Alignment 


Proximal System Height 

to alignment reference point 

Alignment 


Distal System Height 


Tube adapter 

Positioning the knee joint using the alignment reference point 

End of socket to MTP 

20 mm 

Proximal System Height 

Distal System Height 

MTP to floor 


System Height 

Four steps for checking: Transfemoral fittings 

You have a certain socket-to-floor distance. 

You have a disired component combination. 

Do they match?? 

1 

Take patient measurements 

End of socket to 

floor 

End of socket to 

alignment reference point 

MTP to ground 

Alignment reference point 

to floor 

Alignment 


2 

Select components 3 

Adding System Heights 

Components 

System Height 

Min. Max. 

4R116 

- 2 mm 

4R72=32 69 mm 

4R57 

22 mm 

proximal -2 mm 

3R60 

distal 173 mm 

4R52 

33 mm 

4R121=30 177 mm 553 mm 

1D35, Gr. 27 72 mm 

End of socket to alignment 

reference point = 87 mm 

Alignment reference point 

to floor 

Min. = 455 mm, max = 831 mm 

Clearance = 542 mm 918 mm 

4 

Comparing available socket-to-floor distance and clearance of the 

component combination 

The socket-to-floor distance must be between the minimum and maximum clearance of the selected component 

combination. In addition, you can now determine whether the components you selected allow for an 

optimum positioning of the knee joint (alignment reference point + 20 mm above the MTP). 


EasySelect 

Alignment 



Prostheses 




for Children 

EasySelect Version 2 

A virtual custom prosthetic fitting guide – easy and quick 

EasySelect (order no. 647X17) is a selection 

aid that allows you to quickly and easily compile 

an optimal prosthetic system from the diverse 

Otto Bock product portfolio in a virtual 

environment. 

The software allows filtering of components 

based on the following criteria and rules: 

• Otto Bock Mobility System MOBIS® 

(Mobility Grade and patient weight) 

• patient measurements 

• technical compatibility 

(e.g. hip-knee-foot-combinations) 

• fitting compatibility, e.g. male to female 

• product specific filter criteria, such as 

dynamic response of the foot 

• energy moments depending on patient 

weight and foot size 

• clearance 


EasySelect 

3 steps to an optimal prosthetic system 

with EasySelect 

1 

Specification 

Start here to enter the measurements of your 

customer, amputation level, body weight, Mobility 

Grade etc.. Here the first filter for the 

component selection is set. 

2 

Component Selection 

This view initially shows all components of 

the Otto Bock product portfolio which, based 

on the specification, are appropriate for 

your patient. The flexibility of the selection 

process allows you to compile an optimal prosthetic 

system in your favourite way: 

Filters with product specific criteria can be used 

to identify products with requested properties. 

Information concerning product characteristics 

can also be gathered from tooltips. 

Products can also be selected by article number 

or drawing 

Alignment 


Irrespective of your chosen way to proceed – you 

always get support through direct feed back: 

Using the filters change the design of products, 

which do not accomplish the filter criteria 

When choosing a product by drawing or article 

number, white points in front of the corresponding 

filters indicate the properties of the chosen product 

Products with an orange cross indicate functional 

incompatibility with the chosen component 

Products with an orange arrow call attention to 

clearance restrictions 

Measurements on the left side on the screen give 

feedback how well the selected prosthesis fits in 

the available clearance 

3 

Order Details 

The order list appears with your chosen components 

and accessories. You determine the 

purchase order quantity. 

Click on the product and on the left side of 

the screen a detailed product picture will be 

shown and a short product description will be 

given. 

It is possible to easily order the chosen components 

and accessories by e-mail. 


MOBIS® 

M O B I L I T Y 

42

MOBIS® 

MOBIS® 

Simply more quality for life: The Otto Bock Mobility System 

MOBIS®– The Otto Bock Mobility System 

Quality and individuality are our first priority when producing modular leg 

prostheses. 

The selection of correct prosthetic components by the Prosthetist is a decisive 

factor for the success of the fitting. 

MOBIS® is an advancement of the Otto Bock Classification System® introduced 

in 1994. It focuses on the patient and his/her need for quality for life. 

Four mobility grades were created, replacing the former three functional classes. 

An additional weight class was also added for people weighing over 125 kg / 

275 lbs. 

The MOBIS® Symbol allows orthopaedic technicians to immediately identify the 

mobilitygrade and patients weight which are recommended for functional parts 

such as prosthetic feet, knee and hip joints. 

For structural parts such as adapters and tube adapters, the classification is 

made as before according to patient weight. 

MOBIS® 


MOBIS® 

The Otto Bock Mobility System 


for Children 



THE FOUR 

MOBILITY GRADES 

MOBIS® – is based on four Mobility Grades*: 

Indoor Walkers, Restricted Outdoor Walkers, Unrestricted 

Outdoor Walkers and Unrestricted Outdoor Walkers with 

especially rigorous demands. 

(*This classification corresponds to the generally accepted profile survey of 

the German umbrella association for National Health Insurance Companies 

(MDS).) 

Alignment 



Prostheses 

MOBIS® 

THE FOUR 

WEIGHT CLASSES 

MOBIS® – defi nes four weight categories: 

Patient weight up to 75 kg/165 lbs, 100 kg/220lbs and 125 

kg/275 lbs as wellas over 125 kg/275 lbs. With only one 

symbol, Mobis® therewith unites all the information required 

for selecting prosthetic components. As usual, the following 

applies: The component of the lowest weight category determines 

the maximum body weight. For example, if a 2R50 

Tube Adapter is used, the maximum patient weight for entire 

prosthesis is 100 kg. 

MOBIS®– can be easily applied: 

Fields that are filled out in the top half of the symbol indicate 

that, for example, the 3R60 Modular EBS Knee Joint is recommended 

for patients with Mobility Grades 2 and 3. The 

notch on the left edge indicates the counting direction. In the 

bottom half, the segments

MOBIS® 

The Otto Bock Mobility System: 

Mobility Grade and Goal of Therapy 

Indoor Walker 

The patient has the ability or the potential touse the prosthesis 

for transfer purposes and to move at minimal speed on level 

floors. The amount of time and the distance that he/she can 

walk are seriously limited due to his/her condition. 

Therapy Goals: 

Restoration of the patient’s ability to stand and provide limited 

mobility indoors. 

Restricted Outdoor Walker 

The patient has the ability or the potential to move slowly with 

the prosthesis and can negotiate low environmental obstacles 

like curbs, single stairs or uneven ground. The amount of 

time and the distance that he/she can walk are limited due to 

his/her condition. 


Restoration of the patient’s ability to stand and move both indoors 

and with limited mobility outdoors. 

MOBIS® 

Unrestricted Outdoor Walker 

The patient has the ability or the potential to move with the 

prosthesis with variable cadence and can simultaneously negotiate 

most environmental barriers. He/she also has the ability 

to move about open areas and can undertake occupational, 

therapeutic and other activities that do not expose the 

prosthesis to above-average mechanical demands. This also 

includes those patients who have an increased need for security 

due tosecondary conditions (additional handicaps, special 

living circumstances) in connection with medium to high mobility 

activities. In comparison to healthy individuals, the amount 

of time and the distance that he/she can walk are limited only 

in non-essential ways. 


Restoration of the patient’s ability to walk and move without 

any limitations indoors and with only non-essential limitations 

outdoors. 

Unrestricted Outdoor Walker with Especially Rigorous 

Demands 

The patient has the ability to move with the prosthesis in 

a manner similar to the Unrestricted Outdoor Walker. The 

amount of time and the distance that he/she can walk are 

unlimited. Moreover, due to the high functional demands, the 

prosthesis can sustain a high degree of shock, tension and 

torsion. 


Restoration of the patient´s ability to stand, walk and move 

both indoors and outdoors without any limitations. 


MOBIS® 

System Overview of Otto Bock Modular Leg Prostheses 


for Children 

Transtibial / TT 

Knee disarticulation / KD 



5R1 


Prostheses 

Alignment 


5R1=6-H 

4R74 

4R23 

4R54 

5R6 

4R37 

4R51 

4R73 

5R2 

4R95 

4R22 

4R55 

4R77 

4R109 

4R108 

4R68 

4R63 

4R100 

6A20=10 6A20=20 6A20=30 

4R43 4R111=N 

4R41 4R111 

4R42 4R89 4R116 

4R43 

4R111=N 

MOBIS® 

4R76 

4R98 

4R103 

≤ 85 kg 

4R69 

4R21 

4R52 

4R85 

34 

4R88 

34 

4R91 

4R82 

34 

4R82=P 

34 

4R86 

≤ 110 kg 

3R23 

3R32 

3R21 

3R30 

3R106=KD 

3R106=ST 

3R60=KD 

3R60=ST 

3R60-PRO=KD 

3R60-PRO=ST 

34 

C-Leg® 

compact 

3C86 

3R46 

34 

C-Leg® 

3C88-1 

4R78 

4R50 

4R104 

≤ 150 kg 

34 

34 

34 

4R72 

4R72=D 

4R44=L 

Harmony®HD Harmony®P2 DeltaTwist® 2R50 4R39 DeltaTwist® 4R75 2R57 DeltaTwist® 

4R150 4R144 

Harmony®DP 

4R120 2R2 

2R37 

4R121=30 2R76 4R121=34 

4R146 

2R54 

2R31=M8 

2R51 

2R10 

2R33 

2R54 

2R8=M8 

22-25 cm 26-30 cm 2R31=M8 22-25 cm 26-28 cm 

2R54 

2R8=M8 

2R31=M8 

Kosmetik-Leicht-Fuß 

1G6 

Pedilan®-Normgelenk- 

Fuß, leicht 1G9 

Normgelenk-Fuß 

1H... 

SACH-Fuß 

1S... 

2R8=M10 

2R31=M10 

Dynamik-Fuß 

1D11 

2R8=M10 

2R31=M10 

Dynamik-Fuß 

1D10 

≤ 136 kg 

Gr. 25 

Steifigkeit 1 

Gr. 26-28 

Steifigkeit 2 

Gr. 26-28 

Steifigkeit 3 

≤ 136 kg 

24-25 cm 26-30 cm 

Chopart 

1E80/81/82 

ProSymes 

1C20 

Lo Rider 

1E57 

Axtion 

1E56 

C-Walk® 

1C40 

Additional Information on the MOBIS® System Overview 

To facilitate a quick and easy selection of prosthetic components, 

they are set out according to amputation levels and 

then subdivided into the sections for prosthetic feet, knee 

joints or hip joints and also tube, clamp or socket adaptors. 

The article numbers are located below the prosthetic 

components. The font of the article number helps determine 

the material used: Aluminium – Regular Font (4R68), Steel 

– Bold (4R63), Titanium – Bold Italics (3R36). 

The MOBIS® seal shows the classification of the functional 

components according to the Mobility Grade and Patient 

Weight. For structural components such as tube and 

socket adaptors, the coloured frame around the article 

number represents the permitted patient weight: 

= up to 75 kg (165 lbs), = up to 100 kg (220 lbs), 

= up to 125 kg (275 lbs), = above 125 kg (275 lbs) 


MOBIS® 

Transfemoral / TF 

Hip disarticulation / HD 

6A20=10 

6A20=20 

6A20=30 

5R1 

5R1=6-H 

5R2 

5R6 

4R43 

4R111=N 

4R101 

4R118 

4R95 

4R22 

4R55 

4R37 

4R51 

4R41 

4R111 

4R76 

4R104 

4R78 

4R50 

4R40 

4R74 

4R23 

4R54 

4R72 4R84 4R84=D 

4R57 4R57=ST 

4R44=L 

4R77 4R73 4R42 

4R98 

4R103 

≤ 85 kg 

4R69 

4R21 

4R52 

2R50 

2R2 

2R37 

34 

4R91 

4R82 

4R89 

34 

4R82=P 

4R116 

34 

2R57 

2R76 

7E5 

4R69 

4R21 

4R52 

4R85 

7E4 

4R56 

7E7 

≤ 150 kg 

≤ 150 kg 

3R40 

3R17 

3R33 

3R15 

3R49 

3R20 

3R36 

34 

3R90 

34 

3R92 

3R106 

3R106=ST 

3R106=HD 

3R60 

3R60=ST 

3R60=HD 

3R60-PRO 

3R60-PRO=ST 

3R60-PRO=HD 

34 

C-Leg® 

compact 

3C96 

3C86 

3R72 

3R55 

34 

3R80 

34 

C-Leg® 

3C98-1 

3C88-1 

3R95=1 

3R95 

MOBIS® 

34 

34 

4R69 

4R21 

4R52 

4R85 

4R91 

4R82 

34 

4R86 

≤ 110 kg 

34 

2R49 

2R3 

2R38 

4R39 

2R58 

2R77 

4R121=30 4R121=34 

21-22 cm ≤ 80 kg 

25-26 cm ≤ 110 kg 

≤ 150 kg 

24-25 cm 26-29 cm 

22-25 cm 26-30 cm 

23-24 cm ≤ 95 kg 

27-30 cm 

Dynamik-Fuß 

1D10 

Greissinger plus 

1A30 

Dynamic Motion 

1D35 

Trias 

1C30 

≤ 150 kg 

≤ 125 kg 

unlimitiert 

The ankle moments which occur with the carbon spring feet Lo Rider and 

Axtion® place significant strain on the adjoining prosthesis components. 

These feet thus require structural parts below the knee joint that correspond 

to the next higher weight category. For example, if a patient weighing 90 kg 

wears an Axtion®, the adapters should correspond to a patient weight of up 

to 125 kg (e.g. 2R58 and 4R82). 

Advantage DP2 

1E50/51 

Axtion® DP 

1E58 

Springlite II 

1E61 

Our customer service can provide you with further information about the 

combination of the illustrated adapters with pylon feet. 

The prosthetic component of the lowest weight category 

determines the maximum patient weight. When choosing 

components for patients weighing more than 125kg we recommend 

that you contact Otto Bock Customer Services 

Representatives. 

The combination of the functional components is simplified 

with the MOBIS® seal: e.g. knee joint 3R92 and 

prosthetic foot 1D35 . 

Recommendations for the optimum combination of Otto 

Bock components can be found on the Knee–Foot 

Combinations Overview 646F71 or on pages 48 and 49. 


Component Combinations: Knee – Foot 


for Children 



This overview is intended as a recommendation 

for the functional cohesion of 

the knee joint and the prosthetic foot. It 

is based on technical tests, biomedical 

knowledge and practical fitting experience. 

The significant influence of the residual limb 

and its effect on the entire system must be 

considered individually. It is assumed that 

the patient has the appropriate prosthetic 

socket and the correct alignment. 

3R23 

3R32 

Cosmetic Light Foot 

1G6 

Pedilan® Single Axis 

Foot, light 1G9 

Single Axis Foot 

1H... 

SACH Foot 

1S... 

Dynamic Foot 

1D10/D11 


1A30 


1D35 

Trias 

1C30 

C-Walk® 

1C40 

Axtion® 

1E56 

Axtion® DP 

1E58 

Advantage DP 2 

1E50/51 

Springlite® II 

1E61 

Lo Rider 

1E57 


Prostheses 

3R21 

3R30 

Alignment 


KD 

3R106=KD 

MOBIS® 

3R60=KD 

3R60-PRO=KD 

3R46 

3R40 

3R17 

3R33 

3R15 

3R49 

3R20 

3R36 

3R90 

3R92 

3R106 

3R106=ST 

TF 

3R60 3R72 3R95 

3R60=ST 3R95=1 

3R60-PRO 

3R60- 

PRO=ST 

* 

3R55 

3R80 

C-Leg® 

C-Leg® 

compact 

34 

compact 

3C86 

3C96 

34 

C-Leg® C-Leg® 

3C88-1 3C98-1 

34 

34 

* without 3R72 


Component Combinations: Hip – Knee – Foot 

This overview is intended as a recommendation for the functional 

cohesion of the knee joint and the prosthetic foot. It is based 

on technical tests, biomedical knowledge and practical fitting 

experience. The significant influence of the residual limb and its 

effect on the entire system must be considered individually. It is 

assumed that the patient has the appropriate prosthetic socket 

and the correct alignment. 

SACH Foot 

1S... 

Dynamic Foot 

1D10/D11 


1A30 


1D35 

Trias 

1C30 

C-Walk® 

1C40 

Axtion® 

1E56 

Axtion® DP 

1E58 

Advantage DP 2 

1E50/51 


1E61 

Lo Rider 

1E57 

7E5 

3R20 

3R36 

3R20 

3R36 

MOBIS® 

7E4 

3R60=HD 

3R60-PRO=HD 

HD 

3R36 

3R106=HD 

7E7 

3R60=HD 

3R60-PRO=HD 

34 34 

C-Leg®compact C-Leg® 3C98-1 

3C96 


Modular Prosthetic Feet 

50



The prosthetic foot has a great influence on the biomechanical characteristics of 

a prosthesis and should be selected with great care. 

Otto Bock prosthetic feet are developed with simulation techniques that mimic 

natural human motion and are optimized for the appropriate Mobility Grade. Our 

research into high-performance materials from titanium to carbon provide defined 

characteristics and high durability. This allows us to create prosthetic feet that exceed 

the current strength test standards. 

Usability for patients in their everyday activities is a necessity, as is easy fitting in 

the clinic for technicians. 

Crucial parameters for the functional characteristics of modular prosthetic feet are 

mobility and compliance in the sagittal, frontal and horizontal plane. Function, appearance, 

weight, and durability, among others, are key criteria for the quality of 

the fitting. Function and biomechanical characteristics such as dorsal extension 

resistance when standing as well as the behavior at heel strike, rollover and toeoff 

depend on the structure of the foot part and the construction of the joint. 

Most Otto Bock prosthetic feet are delivered as fully assembled foot units with 

modular connection. For Single Axis, Dynamic, SACH* and Pylon feet, the respective 

adapters made of titanium, steel or aluminum are normally sold as separate 

components. 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

* SACH = Solid Ankle Cushion Heel 


Selection Aid 


for Children 

Mobility Grade 1 





Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

1G9 Pedilan® Single Axis Foot, Light 

Light geriatric foot with monoaxial joint 

for transfemoral amputees (see page 57) 

1G6 Cosmetic Light Foot 

Light jointless geriatric foot with 

heel wedge (see page 56) 

1H... Single Axis Foot 

Foot with monoaxial joint for transfemoral amputees 

(see pages 58f) 

1S... SACH* Foot 

Jointless foot with heel wedge (see pages 62f) 

1D10 / 1D11 Dynamic Foot 

Jointless foot with optimized rollover characteristics 


1S... SACH* Foot 

Jointless foot with heel wedge 


1D10 / 1D11 Dynamic Foot 

Jointless foot with optimized rollover characteristics 


1A30 Greissinger plus 

Foot with multiaxial joint (see page 70) 

1D35 Dynamic Motion 

Foot for every occasion (see page 72) 

1C30 Trias 

Light carbon foot with comfortable 

rollover characteristics (see pages 74f) 

Prosthetic 

Feet 



1A30 Greissinger plus 

Foot with multiaxial joint (see page 70) 

1D35 Dynamic Motion 

Foot for every occasion (see pages 72f) 

1C30 Trias 

Light carbon foot with comfortable 

rollover characteristics (see pages 74f) 

1C40 C-Walk® 

Comfortable, biomechanically optimized carbon foot 


1E56 Axtion® 

Dynamic foot with low clearance (see pages 80f) 

1E58 Axtion® DP 

Comfortable dynamic pylon foot (see pages 84f) 

1E50 / 1E51 Advantage DP2 

Dynamic pylon foot with light weight (see pages 86f) 

1C40 C-Walk® 

Comfortable, biomechanically optimized 

carbon foot (see pages 78f) 

1E56 Axtion® 

Dynamic foot with low clearance (see pages 80f) 

1E58 Axtion® DP 

Comfortable dynamic pylon foot (see pages 84f) 

1E50 / 1E51 Advantage DP2 

Dynamic pylon foot with light weight (see pages 86f) 



Selection Aid 

Feet for special demands 

Feet for limited clearances 

Carbon Footplate / Morton‘s extension 

(see page 94) 

1E80-1E82 Chopart 

Footplate for partial foot amputations as well as Chopart, Pirogoff and Syme amputations (see page 95) 

1C20 ProSymes 

Foot for Syme amputations and conditionally for Pirogoff amputations; with integrated, adjustable socket 

adapter (see pages 96f.) 

1E57 Lo Rider 

Foot with modular connection for Syme amputations and limited clearance (see page 98) 

Feet for special foot sizes and patient weights 

1E61 Springlite® II 

For unlimited foot sizes and patient weight (see page 88) 

Feet for performance sports 

1E90 Sprinter 

Sports foot for transfemoral and transtibial amputees (see page 103) 

1C2 C-Sprint® 

Sports foot for transtibial amputees (see page 102) 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Number system for Otto Bock feet 

Otto Bock continually works to develop new products and to better adapt existing products to your needs. In order to 

maintain an overview of the prosthetic feet and their different models, we have expanded our article number system. 

This system will apply to all new feet. Additional codes will also serve to identify prosthetic feet that are offered in 

different colors or versions. 

Article no. 

as number code 

e.g. 1C30 

Side 

as letter code 

left (L), right (R), neutral (N) 

Size 


e.g. 26 


Article no. = Side Size - Firmness - P / Color 

1C30 = L 26 - 1 - P / 4 

Stiffness 


e.g. 1 

If the foot only has 

one stiffness, this field 

has a 0. 

Connection 

as letter code 

(P) contains adapter with pyramid adapter – 

version for modular prostheses 

(W) without adapter – version for exoskeletal prostheses 

or for modular prostheses 

with own adapter selection (ankle block or 

foot adapter have to be ordered separately) 

(A) contains lamination anchor 

(X) without adapter, connection to exoskeletal 

construction is not possible 

Color 


beige (4), 

light brown (15), 

brown (16), 

foot without footshell (0) 



for Children 




Prostheses 

Feet for Mobility Grades 1 + 2 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 




Feet for Mobility Grade 1 

Secure standing and mobility are the main priorities for users in Mobility Grade 1. 

Their gait is marked by a short step length and a compromised, constant walking 

speed. These users generally utilize mobility aids and their walking duration and 

distance are significantly restricted. 

For this group of prosthesis users stability – both while standing as well as when 

walking – is the most important demand criteria in a prosthetic foot. The ideal 

prosthetic foot should quickly provide a secure stance area upon heel contact. 

This provides stability and allows the user to safely shift his/her weight onto 

the foot. A lightweight prosthesis is also an important factor for patients in this 

Mobility Grade. 

Kniegelenke 

Adapter 

Prosthetic 

Feet 


Increased activity on the part of Mobility Grade 2 users requires, in addition to 

stance and walking safety, an easy and comfortable gait that protects the joints 

and tissues. Their step length resembles normal gait and seldom varies. Their 

walking duration and distance are limited. Mobility aids are typically used outside 

of the house for additional safety, but rarely at home. 

Hüftgelenke 

Socket 

Technologies 

Kosmetiken 

Schalenbauweise 

This kind of user expects foot stability from his/her prosthesis, especially when 

standing. Due to their more advanced gait characteristics, a light rollover during 

walking is also of particular importance. Shock absorption at heel strike for 

the protection of joints and sensitive residual limb tissue in addition to a dynamic 

transition from stance into swing phase complement the ideal prosthetic foot 

for this category. A moderate multiaxial functionality which compensates for torsion 

moments can be beneficial when walking on uneven ground. 


Index

Geriatric Feet / Mobility Grade 1 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Pedilan® Light Foot with Toes 

Article no. 


Heel height 

Sides 

1G6 

10 +/- 5 mm 


Sizes 23 cm 24 cm 25 cm 26 cm 27 cm 

System height with 2R54/2R31 58 mm 61 mm 64 mm 67 mm 70 mm 

Weight* ~ 250 g ~ 265 g ~ 285 g ~ 330 g ~ 350 g 


Color 

The 1G6 Pedlian® Light Foot with Toes was developed especially for individuals 

with low activity. Special characteristics of the foot are its feather-light 

weight, secure heel strike, pleasing appearance, smooth surface and 

distinct, split toe perfect for sandles. 

75 kg 

beige 

647H448 

646S1=7.02D 



1G6 = L 26 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Accessories 


2R54 / 2R31 Foot Adapter 

647G69 (2R54) 

647G5 (2R31) 

Order no. 2R54=M8 2R31=M8 

Material Aluminum Titanium 

Weight 70 g 65 g 

Screw 2D7=M8 2D7=M8 


100 kg 

System height is already considered with the foot. 

2R14 Foam Cover Connection Plate 

for 2R54=M8 and 2R31=M8 

Glue to the foam cover and snap onto the foot adapter. 



Screw Accessories 

Order number 2D7=M8 2D6=M8 

For 2R54=M8/2R31=M8 2R8=M8 

Included in delivery: 

* without adapter 

1 cap screw (titanium) 

1 washer 

1 serrated lock washer 

1 cap screw (steel) 

1 washer 



Geriatric Feet / Mobility Grade 1 

Pedilan® Single Axis Foot, Light 

The 1G9 Pedilan® Single Axis Foot, Light is an alternative to the 1G6 

Cosmetic Light Foot. It is recommended when dampened plantar flexion is 

desired, e.g. in combination with the 3R40 Modular Light Knee Joint. The 

foot is particularly suitable for transfemoral fittings for geriatric patients. 

The 2R63 Foam Connection Cap is included for the cosmetic foam cover. 

647H45 



1G9 = L 26 

Article no. 

1G9 


Heel height 

10 +/- 5 mm 

Sides 



System height with 2R51 63 mm 64 mm 65 mm 67 mm 69 mm 

Weight* ~ 270 g ~ 280 g ~ 295 g ~ 315 g ~ 325 g 


75 kg 

Color 

beige 

Accessories 


Prosthetic 

Feet 

2R51 Single Axis Foot Adapter 

With rubber bumper and lower joint bushing 

647H12 

Order no. 2R51=22 – 25 

Material 

Size 

Weight 


Aluminum 

22 – 27 cm 

230 g 

100 kg 




Screw accessories for single axis feet 

Order number 


2D5 

1 lower joint bushing, 1 rubber bumper (firm), 1 rubber bumper (medium) 

1 rubber bumper (soft), 1 shell, 1 flat washer 

2R63 Foam Connection Cap 



Single Axis Feet / Mobility Grade 1 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Single Axis Foot with Toes 

Article no. 


Heel height 

Sides 

1H38 

10 +/- 5 mm 



System height with 2R33/2R10 42 mm 44 mm 45 mm 45 mm 46 mm 47 mm 48 mm 49 mm 


Weight* ~ 255 g ~ 275 g ~ 305 g ~ 335 g ~ 360 g ~ 365 g ~ 420 g ~ 435 g 


Color 

Article no. 


Heel height 

Sides 

100 kg 

beige 

1H40 

25 +/- 5 mm 







Color 

100 kg 

beige 

The single axis feet 1H38 and 1H40 differ in heel height. 

They resemble the natural foot form and have a smooth surface and 

well-shaped toes. 

Single axis feet provide enhanced stability and security due to their excellent 

plantarflexion capability. They are especially suitable for transfemoral 

fittings. 



1H40 = L 26 




Accessories 


Single Axis Foot Adapter with Screw Accessories 


647H12 

Order no. 2R33=22 – 25 2R33=26 – 30 2R51=22 – 25 2R51=26 – 27 2R10=22 – 25 2R10=26 – 30 

Material Titanium Aluminum Steel 

Size range 22 – 25 cm 26 – 30 cm 22 – 25 cm 26 – 27 cm 22 – 25 cm 26 – 30 cm 

Weight 200 g 210 g 230 g 235 g 325 g 340 g 



100 kg 

Dorsal Stop Set 

(see below) 

2S88 Dorsal Stop Set 

Used with Single Axis Foot Adapter 

Order no. 2S88=22 – 23 2S88=24 – 25 2S88=26 – 27 

Material Pedilan® Pedilan® Pedilan® 

Size range 22 – 23 cm 24 – 25 cm 26 – 27 cm 


two-part, 1 soft and 1 firm stop, 

each for both sides 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

2R22 Connection Cap 

Is glued to the foam cover and integrated in the foot 


Article no. = Size 

2R22 = 23 

Article no. 

Sizes 

2R22 

23 cm, 24 cm, 25 cm, 26 cm, 

27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm 



Single component pack for Single Axis Feet 

Order no. 


2D5 

1 lower joint bushing 

1 rubber bumper (firm) 

1 rubber bumper (medium) 

1 rubber bumper (soft) 

1 shell 

1 flat washer 




for Children 




Prostheses 

Single Axis Foot without Toes, Two-part 

The Single Axis Feet 1H32 and 1H34 have a two-part construction and 

differ in regard to heel height and foot form. The 1H32 has the standard 

foot form while the 1H34 is narrower. 

Single axis feet provide a stable and a secure stance area. They are 

particularly suitable for transfemoral fittings. 



1H34 = L 26 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Article no. 

1H32 


Heel height 

25 +/- 5 mm 

Sides 







100 kg 

Color 

beige / white 

Article no. 

1H34 


Heel height 

35 +/- 5 mm 

Sides 


Sizes 22 cm 23 cm 24 cm 25 cm 26 cm 27 cm 

System height with 2R33/2R10 44 mm 45 mm 45 mm 46 mm 47 mm 48 mm 

System height with 2R51 48 mm 49 mm 49 mm 50 mm 51 mm 52 mm 

Weight* ~ 300 g ~ 315 g ~ 335 g ~ 355 g ~ 380 g ~ 420 g 


100 kg 

Color 

beige / white 


2Z67 Pedilan® Sole 

for 1H32 Single Axis Foot 

Sole contour flat convex 



2Z67 = L 23 


for 1H34 Single Axis Foot 

Sole contour flat convex 



2Z64 = L 23 


Article no. 

2Z67 

Article no. 

2Z64 

Sides 


Sides 


Sizes 

23 cm, 24 cm, 25 cm, 26 cm, 

27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm 

Sizes 

23 cm, 24 cm, 25 cm, 26 cm, 

27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm 




Accessories 


Single Axis Foot Adapter with Screw Accessories 


647H12 

Order no. 2R33=22 – 25 2R33=26 – 30 2R51=22 – 25 2R51=26 – 27 2R10=22 – 25 2R10=26 – 30 

Material Titanium Aluminum Steel 

Size range 22 – 25 cm 26 – 30 cm 22 – 25 cm 26 – 27 cm 22 – 25 cm 26 – 30 cm 

Weight 200 g 210 g 230 g 235 g 325 g 340 g 



100 kg 

Dorsal Stop Set 

(see below) 

2S88 Dorsal Stop Set 

Used with Single Axis Foot Adapter 

Order no. 2S88=22 – 23 2S88=24 – 25 2S88=26 – 27 

Material Pedilan® Pedilan® Pedilan® 

Size range 22 – 23 cm 24 – 25 cm 26 – 27 cm 


two-part, 1 soft and 1 firm stop, 

each for both sides 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

2R22 Connection Cap 

Is glued to the foam cover and integrated in the foot 



2R22 = 23 

Article no. 

Sizes 

2R22 

23 cm, 24 cm, 25 cm, 26 cm, 

27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm 



Single component pack for Single Axis Feet 

Order no. 


2D5 

1 lower joint bushing 

1 rubber bumper (firm) 

1 rubber bumper (medium) 

1 rubber bumper (soft) 

1 shell 

1 flat washer 


SACH* Feet / Mobility Grades 1 + 2 


for Children 




Prostheses 

SACH* Foot with Toes and Sandal Toe 

The 1S90 SACH* Foot resembles the natural foot form and has a smooth 

surface, well-shaped toes and a distinct, sandal toe. 

The functional characteristics are provided by the proven combination of a 

contoured core and functional foam. The foot is designed for use in modular 

and exoskeletal prostheses. 

647G355 


Article no. = Side Size - 0 - W / Color 

1S90 = L 26 - 0 - W / 4 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

22 – 25 cm 

26 – 28 cm 

Article no. 

1S90 


Heel height 

Sides 

10 +/- 5 mm 


Sizes 22 cm 23 cm 24 cm 25 cm 26 cm 27 cm 28 cm 

System height 

with 2R54/2R31/2R8 

55 mm 58 mm 61 mm 64 mm 67 mm 70 mm 72 mm 

Weight without adapter ~ 300 g ~ 330 g ~ 380 g ~ 420 g ~ 460 g ~ 545 g ~ 635 g 


Colors beige (4), brown (16) 




Accessories 


SACH* Foot Adapter with Bolt Accessories 

647G69 (2R54) 

647G5 (2R31/2R8) 

For 1S67, sizes 22 – 25 

Order no. 2R54=M8 2R31=M8 2R8=M8 

Material Aluminum Titanium Steel 

Weight 70 g 65 g 115 g 

Bolt accessories 2D7=M8 2D7=M8 2D6=M8 


100 kg 

For 1S49, 1S66, 1S90 (all sizes) and 1S67, size 26 



Weight 80 g 70 g 125 g 




2R54=M10 

2R31=M10 

2R8=M10 

2R14 Connection Plate for 2R54, 2R31, 2R8 

Glue to the foam cover and adhere to the adapter. 

Prosthetic 

Feet 



Bolt Accessories for SACH* Feet 

Order no. 2D7=M8 2D7=M10 2D6=M8 2D6=M10 

For 



2R54=M8, 

2R31=M8 


1 washer 


2R54=M10, 

2R31=M10 

2R8=M8 

2R8=M10 


1 washer 





for Children 




Prostheses 

SACH* Foot with Toes 

The SACH* feet 1S49, 1S66 and 1S67 differ in heel height and foot form. 

1S49 and 1S66 have the standard foot form, while 1S67 is narrower. 

They resemble the natural foot form and have a smooth surface and 

well-shaped toes. 

Their functional characteristics are provided by the proven combination of 

a contoured core and functional foam. SACH* feet are designed for use in 

modular and exoskeletal prostheses. 

647G355 



1S67 = L 26 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

21 – 25 cm 

26 – 28 cm 

Article no. 

1S49 


Heel height 

Sides 

10 +/- 5 mm 



System height 

with 2R54/2R31/2R8 

52 mm 55 mm 58 mm 61 mm 64 mm 67 mm 70 mm 72 mm 

Weight** ~ 265 g ~ 290 g ~ 330 g ~ 365 g ~ 390 g ~ 475 g ~ 535 g ~ 575 g 


Color 

beige 

22 – 25 cm 

26 – 30 cm 

Article no. 

1S66 


Heel height 

Sides 

18 +/- 5 mm 



System height 

with 2R54/2R31/2R8 

Weight** 

55 mm 58 mm 61 mm 64 mm 67 mm 70 mm 72 mm 74 mm 76 mm 

~ 325 g ~ 325 g ~ 360 g ~ 395 g ~ 485 g ~ 555 g ~ 565 g ~ 625 g ~ 625 g 


Color 

beige 

22 – 25 cm 

26 cm 

Article no. 

1S67 


Heel height 

Sides 

35 +/- 5 mm 



System height 

with 2R54/2R31/2R8 

55 mm 58 mm 61 mm 64 mm 67 mm 

Weight** ~ 330 g ~ 365 g ~ 400 g ~ 440 g ~ 530 g 


Color 

beige 





Accessories 


SACH* Foot Adapter with Bolt Accessories 

647G69 (2R54) 

647G5 (2R31/2R8) 

For 1S67, sizes 22 – 25 



Weight 70 g 65 g 115 g 



100 kg 

For 1S49, 1S66, 1S90 (all sizes) and 1S67, size 26 



Weight 80 g 70 g 125 g 




2R54=M10 

2R31=M10 

2R8=M10 



Prosthetic 

Feet 





For 



2R54=M8 

2R31=M8 


1 washer 


2R54=M10 

2R31=M10 

2R8=M8 

2R8=M10 


1 washer 





for Children 




Prostheses 

SACH* Foot without Toes, three part construction 

The SACH* feet 1S57, 1S70 and 1S73 have a three part construction 

and differ in heel height and the material of the heel wedge and sole. 

The 1S57 is extra light weight compared with the other SACH* feet and is 

designed especially for geriatric fittings. 

The functional characteristics are achieved with the proven combination 

of contoured core and function foam. SACH* Feet are designed for use in 

modular and exoskeletal prostheses. 



1S73 = L 26 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

≤ 85 kg 

Article no. 

1S57 


Heel height 

Sides 

18 +/- 5 mm 



System height 

with 2R54/2R31/2R8 

60 mm 63 mm 66 mm 69 mm 72 mm 

Weight** ~ 265 g ~ 305 g ~ 340 g ~ 375 g ~ 410 g 


Color 

beige / white 

85 kg 

22 – 25 cm 

26 – 29 cm 

Article no. 

1S70 


Heel height 

Sides 

18 +/-5 mm 



System height 

with 2R54/2R31/2R8 

58 mm 60 mm 63 mm 66 mm 69 mm 72 mm 72 mm 74 mm 

Weight** ~ 300 g ~ 315 g ~ 360 g ~ 385 g ~ 465 g ~ 540 g ~ 580 g ~ 645 g 


Color 

beige / white 

23 – 25 cm 

26 – 29 cm 

Article no. 

1S73 


Heel height 

Sides 

25 +/- 5 mm 



System height 

with 2R54/2R31/2R8 


Weight** ~ 315 g ~ 345 g ~ 385 g ~ 450 g ~ 530 g ~ 570 g ~ 615 g 


Color 

beige / white 





Accessories 


Foot Adapter with Bolt 

647G69 (2R54) 

647G5 (2R31/2R8) 



Weight 80 g 70 g 125 g 




2R54=M10 

2R31=M10 

2R8=M10 






Prosthetic 

Feet 

Order no. 2D7=M10 2D6=M10 

For 2R54=M10 / 2R31=M10 2R8=M10 



1 washer,1 serrated lock washer 


1 washer, 1 serrated lock washer 

Pedilan® Heel Wedge for SACH* Feet 



1A31 = L 23 – 27 

Article no. 2F29 2F22 2F19 

Sides left (L), right (R) left (L), right (R) left (L), right (R) 

Sizes 23 – 27 cm 22 – 29 cm 23 – 29 cm 

For 1S57 SACH* Foot 1S70 SACH* Foot 1S73 SACH* Foot 

Firmness soft medium medium 


For 1S57 SACH* Foot, sole contour flat convex 



2Z106 = L 23 


For 1S70 / 1S73 SACH* Foot, sole contour flat 



2Z14 = L 23 

Article no. 

2Z106 

Article no. 

2Z14 

Sides 


Sides 


Sizes 

23 – 27 cm 

Sizes 

23 – 29 cm 



Dynamic Feet / Mobility Grades 1 + 2 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Dynamic Foot with Adapter 

The 1D10 Dynamic Foot resembles the natural foot form and has a 

smooth surface, well-shaped toes and a distinct, split toe. 

The functional characteristics are provided by the proven combination of 

the contoured core and the functional foam. The foot offers a comfortable 

heel strike and a lighter rollover than the SACH* Foot. The forefoot 

dynamic is also improved thanks to sophisticated molding technology. The 

1D10 is delivered with a mounted modular adapter made of titanium. 

647G354 


Article no. = Side Size - 0 - P / Color 

1D10 = L 26 - 0 - P / 15 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

≤ 150 kg 

Article no. 

1D10 


Heel height 

10 +/- 5 mm 

Sides 




Weight** ~385 g ~415 g ~445 g ~485 g ~565 g ~600 g ~660 g ~700 g ~780 g 


150 kg 

Colors beige (4), light brown (15) 

Dynamic Foot 

The 1D10 Dynamic Foot without adapter is functional and visually 

identical to the adapter version. It differs only in the maximum allowable 

patient weight. It was designed for use with modular prostheses and 

exoskeletal prostheses. 

647G356 


Article no. = Side Size - 0 - W / Color 

1D10 = L 26 - 0 - W / 15 

Article no. 

1D10 


Heel height 

Sides 

10 +/- 5 mm 



System height 

with 2R54/2R31/2R8 

Weight** 


55 mm 58 mm 61 mm 64 mm 67 mm 70 mm 72 mm 74 mm 76 mm 

~ 290 g ~ 320 g ~ 350 g ~ 390 g ~ 470 g ~ 505 g ~ 565 g ~ 605 g ~ 685 g 

125 kg 





Dynamic Feet / Mobility Grades 1 + 2 

Dynamic Foot 

The 1D11 Dynamic Foot has a narrow foot form and is especially suitable 

for women‘s shoes and narrow men‘s shoes. 

The foot is designed for use in modular and exoskeletal prostheses. 



1D11 = L 26 

Article no. 

1D11 


Heel height 

Sides 

20 +/- 5 mm 



System height 

with 2R31/2R54/2R8 


Weight* ~ 285 g ~ 290 g ~ 345 g ~ 375 g ~ 435 g ~ 495 g ~ 540 g 


Color 

beige 

22 – 25 cm 

26 – 28 cm 

Accessories 


Foot Adapter with Bolts 

647G69 (2R54) 647G5 (2R31/2R8) 

For 1D11, sizes 22 – 25 



Weight 70 g 65 g 120 g 

Bolts 2D7=M8 2D7=M8 2D6=M8 


100 kg 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

For 1D10 (all sizes) and 1D11, sizes 26 – 28 



Weight 80 g 70 g 130 g 

Bolts 2D7=M10 2D7=M10 2D6=M10 



2R54=M10 

2R31=M10 

2R8=M10 


Is glued to the foam cover and adhered to the adapter. 



Bolts for 2R54, 2R31 and 2R8 


For 



2R54=M8 

2R31=M8 

2R54=M10 

2R31=M10 



2R8=M8 

2R8=M10 




Greissinger plus / Mobility Grades 2 + 3 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 



The Greissinger plus easily compensates for uneven ground through its 

excellent multiaxial functionality. 

This function is provided by the motion of the titanium adapter against the 

ring-shaped elastomer and through an elastic connection of the adapter to 

the foot structure. 

The elastomer is offered in three different densities (soft, med, stiff) to 

allow adjustment of the foot to meet the specific needs of the amputee. 

Plantar flexion at heel strike is achieved through compression of the posterior 

portion of the ring. The anterior section controls dorsiflexion during 

rollover and at terminal stance. 

The design also allows for pronation and supination as well as torsion in 

the horizontal plane. A foam connection cap is included with the foot. 

647H166 

646S1=12.03D 



1A30 = L 26 

MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

24 – 25 cm 

26 – 29 cm 

Article no. 

1A30 


Heel height 

10 +/- 5 mm 

Sides 



System height 67 mm 68 mm 69 mm 70 mm 71 mm 72 mm 

Weight ~ 620 g ~ 670 g ~ 705 g ~ 760 g ~ 810 g ~ 820 g 


Color 

beige 


Greissinger plus / Mobility Grades 2 + 3 



1A31 Greissinger plus Foot Form Part without Adapter 



1A31 = L 26 

Article no. 

1A31 

Sides 




24 – 25 cm 

2R86 Foam Connection Cap 

Glue to the foam cover. Can be used for the left and right side. 

26 – 29 cm 



2R86 = 25 

Article no. 

Sizes 

2R86 

24 cm, 25 cm, 26 cm, 27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm 

Single component pack 

Order no. 2D3 2D4 

Size range 24 – 25 cm 26 – 29 cm 

Included in delivery 

3 rollover form parts 

(1 soft, 1 medium, 1 firm) 

1 elastic upper joint section 

1 pressure plate 

2 attachment bolts 

1 washer 

1 lock nut 

3 rollover form parts 

(1 soft, 1 medium, 1 firm) 

1 elastic upper joint section 

1 pressure plate 


1 washer 

1 lock nut 

Prosthetic 

Feet 


Dynamic Motion / Mobility Grades 2 + 3 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 



The 1D35 Dyanmic Motion Foot delivers everything from comfortable heel 

strike plantar flexion to progressive ankle moments and optimized a/p and 

m/l motion. 

The special characteristic of the plastic spring in combination with the 

functional foam and integrated 3-D spacer fabric provide the Dynamic 

Motion with a high degree of energy return and allow for a dynamic 

transition from stance to swing phase. The result is a physiological 

characteristic rollover. 

647G127 

646S1=5.04D 



1D35 = L 26 - 0 - P / 4 

MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

22 – 25 cm 

26 – 30 cm 

Article no. 

1D35 


Heel height 

10 +/-5 mm 

Sides 




Weight 

~ 340 g ~ 435 g ~ 510 g ~ 545 g ~ 630 g ~ 645 g ~ 670 g ~ 730 g ~ 755 g 




Dynamic Motion / Mobility Grades 2 + 3 

S-Spring 

brings the foot into plantarflexion at heel strike. 

In combination with the sophisticated foam 

technology and the 3-D spacer fabric, it also 

optimizes the elasticity of the forefoot to provide 

maximum energy efficientcy. The shape and 

elasticity of the spring allow for lateral mobility 

to compensate for uneven ground. 

Detachable cosmesis connection cap 

adds a cosmetically appealing 

connection to the foam cover. 

3-D spacer fabric 

increases the support at the 

forefoot and provides a dynamic 

transition from the stance to the 

swing phase. 

Elastic foam 

creates compression 

of the front spring arch at 

heel strike and of the back 

spring arch at rollover. 

Prosthetic 

Feet 



2C10, 2C11 Cosmesis Connection Cap 

Glue to the foam cover. 


Article no. = Side Size range / Color 

2C10 = L 21 – 22 / 4 

2C11 = L 26 – 28 / 15 

Article no. 2C10 2C11 

Sides left (L), right (R) left (L), right (R) 

Size range 

Colors 

21 – 22 cm 

beige (4), 

light brown (15) 

23 – 25 cm, 

26 – 28 cm, 

29 – 30 cm 

beige (4), 

light brown (15) 


Trias / Mobility Grades 2 + 3 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 



Prostheses 




for Children 

The 1C30 Trias is an extraordinary solution for 

a prosthetic foot – a combination of creative 

design and innovative, lightweight construction. 

Connected double spring elements absorb 

shock at heel strike and allow for smooth 

rollover and excellent energy return. 

Trias 

Secure, controlled response provides the 

user with additional confidence. The foot conforms 

to different walking speeds and uneven 

ground without compromising comfort, all while 

reducing the load on the sound side. 

Carbon composite double heel springs 

absorb heel shock for increased comfort 

while simultaneously supporting the 

plantar flexion of the foot trough their 

connection to the base spring. 

Attractive, functional footshell in 2 colors 

with detachable cosmetic connection cap 

for an appealing, user-friendly connection 

to the foam cover. 

Carbon base spring 

connects the forefoot and 

heel springs and ensures 

that the foot functions as one. 

Carbon composite double forefoot springs 

control the forefoot flexibility for a harmonious rollover 

and ensure a good forefoot stability and energy 

return at the end of the stance phase. 


Trias / Mobility Grades 2 + 3 

Trias 

647G279 

646D234=D 

646C123 

646DV22 

The Trias includes the footshell with cosmesis connection cap and a tool 

for removing the footshell. 


Article no. = Side Size - Firmness - P / Color 

1C30 = L 26 - 1 - P / 4 

Order information and measurement forms 

can be found in the annex (see pages 269ff) 

Article no. 

1C30 


Heel height 

10 +/- 5 mm 

Sides 



System height 

81 mm 81 mm 81 mm 81 mm 81 mm 92 mm 101 mm 102 mm 108 mm 109 mm 

Weight* 

~210 g ~220 g ~230 g ~235 g ~295 g ~300 g ~315 g ~320 g ~380 g ~385 g 

Max. body weight 80 kg 95 kg 110 kg 125 kg 

Firmness 

(1), (2), (3), (4) see selection table below 


≤ 80 kg 

21 – 22 cm 

≤ 95 kg 

23 – 24 cm 

≤ 110 kg 

25 – 26 cm 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Firmness Table 

Body weight 

Sizes 

21 – 22 cm 23 – 24 cm 25 – 26 cm 27 – 28 cm 29 – 30 cm 

45 – 60 kg 1 1 – – – 

61 – 80 kg 2 2 1 1 – 

81 – 95 kg – 3 2 2 1 

96 – 110 kg – – 3 3 2 

111 – 125 kg – – – 4 3 

27 – 30 cm 


2C3 Footshell 

With cosmesis connection cap 

647G333 



Article no. = Side Size / Color 

2C3 = L 21 / 4 

Article no. 

Sides 

2C3 



Weight 


2C10 Cosmesis Connection Cap 

For 2C3 Footshell (see page 81) 

~ 130 g ~ 145 g ~ 155 g ~ 175 g ~ 185 g ~ 205 g ~ 210 g ~ 240 g ~ 245 g ~260 g 

* without footshell 



for Children 




Prostheses 


Prosthetic 

Feet 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 





Users in Mobility Grade 3 place diverse demands on a prosthetic foot. They generally 

move with a walking speed of 1.3 to 1.5 m/s. Their walking duration and 

distance as well as step length differ only minimally from those of non-amputees. 

Mobility Grade 3 users may have an increased demand for safety depending on 

specific life circumstances or additional disabilities. 

This group of prosthesis users undertake normal everyday activities, including career 

and recreational activities, which subject the prosthesis to medium to high 

stress but low impact loads. Due to their gait characteristic and nearly unrestricted 

mobility, these users require a prosthetic foot that provides an easy rollover, 

good energy efficiency and the ability to adapt to uneven ground. 

Prosthetic 

Feet 


Users in Mobility Grade 4 place special demands on their prosthetic fitting. They 

typically move at walking speeds of over 1.5 m/s and vary the speed often. Walking 

duration and distance are not restricted. Their step length corresponds to 

those of non-amputees. 

This group of prosthesis users pursues recreational, professional or sporting that 

subject the prosthesis to high impact, including jolts and shocks. This may include 

professions that involve increased physical exertion or sports such as soccer, tennis 

or basketball. Due to their unrestricted mobility, this user group requires a prosthetic 

foot that offers them an easy rollover, good forefoot support, excellent energy 

efficiency and the ability to adapt to uneven ground. 


C-Walk® / Mobility Grades 3 + 4 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 



Prostheses 




for Children 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

The functional characteristics of the C-Walk® 

come from the combination of the carbon 

C-Spring and control ring. The synchronized 

interplay of the individual components create 

harmonious and energy-optimized movement. 

Prosthesis users benefit from cushioned 

heel strike to the dynamic transition into swing 

phase, as well as the all-around elasticity and 

conformity to uneven terrain. 

C-Walk® 

Thanks to the springs progressive response, 

the C-Walk® can easily adapt to a wide variety 

of activities without compromising function. 

The C-Walk® will accommodate anything 

from a casual stroll for shopping to 

more active recreational sports, making the 

foot selection process much simpler for the 

clinician. 

Control ring 

ensures the effective interplay of 

the two springs. 

The carbon C-Spring, 

in interaction with the control ring 

and the base spring, provides for a 

comfortable heel strike and a controlled 

plantar flexion when compressed. At 

decompression, it releases the stored 

energy for smooth rollover. 

The carbon base spring 

stores energy during rollover. That energy is then 

released with the transition into the swing phase and 

ensures extended support for a harmonious transition 

of the stance phase into the swing phase. 

Attractive, functional footshell in 2 colors 

designed to be a functional complement to the 

C-Walk® with an attractive appearance and 

detachable cosmesis connection cap. 


C-Walk® / Mobility Grades 3 + 4 

C-Walk® 

The footshell and cosmesis connection cap are included with the 

C-Walk®. 

647H201 

646V66=D 

646A154=D 



1C40 = L 26 - 0 - P / 4 

Article no. 

1C40 


Heel height 

10 +/- 5 mm 

Sides 



System height 71 mm 71 mm 81 mm 81 mm 81 mm 87 mm 87 mm 

Weight* ~ 405 g ~ 420 g ~ 480 g ~ 490 g ~ 505 g ~ 605 g ~ 630 g 



24 – 25 cm 

26 – 30 cm 

Prosthetic 

Feet 


2C4 Footshell 


647G333 



2C4 = L 26 / 4 


Article no. 

2C4 

Sides 



Weight ~ 185 g ~ 200 g ~ 215 g ~ 225 g ~ 250 g ~ 265 g ~ 290 g 



For 2C4 Footshell 



2C11 = L 23 – 25 / 4 


Article no. 2C11 

Sides left (L), right (R) 

Size range 23 – 25 cm, 26 – 28 cm, 29 – 30 cm 



Axtion® / Mobility Grades 3 + 4 

MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Alignment 



Prostheses 




for Children 

Axtion® 

The 1E56 Axtion® offers extraordinary functionality 

and performance in a lightweight, low 

clearance package, making it the ideal prosthetic 

foot for active amputees who have limited 

clearance. Because of its unique combination 

of low clearance and exceptional performance, 

the Axtion® is an ideal companion 

for other functional prosthetic systems such 

as the C-Leg® or the Harmony® System. 

The dynamic heel element provides shock absorption 

at heel strike and ensure a smooth 

transition into the next phases of gait. 

The foot is also suitable for recreational sports 

with higher shock impact such as basketball 

or tennis. 

Singular adapter design with 

integrated elastomer wedge 

supports forward movement 

and allows for a consistent 

and natural gait. 

Dynamic heel 

for shock absorption 

at heel strike. 

Carbon polyurethane sandwich structure 

for a dynamic gait. 


Axtion® / Mobility Grades 3 + 4 

Axtion® 

Article no. 

1E56 


Heel height 

13 +/- 5 mm 


System height 

Weight with footshell 



~310 g ~315 g ~320 g ~325 g ~355 g ~360 g ~370 g ~380 g ~395 g ~410 g 

125 kg 

The Axtion® footshell is available in two colors: beige (4) and light 

brown (15). The Axtion® delivery includes a Spectra-Sock. 

The Axtion® purchase does not include the footshell, which is listed 

separately as an accessory. 

SL=42P311 

646S1=1.05D 

Please order directly from Customer Service: Order information and 

measurement forms can be found in the annex (see pages 269ff). 

The ankle moments that occur with the Axtion® add considerable strain for the other prosthesis components. Please 

use adapters for the next highest weight category below the knee joint. For example, a patient weighing 90 kg must 

be fitted with an adapter from the 125 kg weight category. The foot is designed for use with a footshell. Without the 

footshell, the individual foot is shorter than indicated in the order table. 

Accessories 

2C5 Footshell 



Prosthetic 

Feet 

647G333 



2C5 = L 25 / 4 

Article no. 

2C5 

Sides 



Weight 

~ 150 g ~ 155 g ~ 195 g ~ 210 g ~ 225 g ~ 235 g ~ 265 g ~ 275 g ~ 310 g ~ 320 g 



SL=Spectra-Sock Protective Sock 






2C10 = L 26 – 28 / 4 


Article no. 

Sides 

Size range 

2C10 


21 – 22 cm, 23 – 25 cm, 

26 – 28 cm, 29 – 31 cm 




for Children 



MOBIS® 


Prostheses 

Mobility Grades 3 + 4 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Alignment 



Pylon Feet 

Pylon Feet 

Pylon feet store and release energy both in 

the lower foot complex as well as through 

deformation of the vertical shank portion 

of the system. This creates higher levels of 

elasticity in the system and provides benefits 

when engaging in recreational sports 

while not compromising the function during 

everyday activities. 

The very low distal weight of these products 

and their narrow, easily finished construction 

provide additional advantages. 

Prosthetic 

Feet 


Axtion® DP / Mobility Grades 3 + 4 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 



Prostheses 




for Children 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Axtion® DP 

A wide range of 

adapter options 

are available as 

accessories. 

(See page 91) 

The 1E58 Axtion® DP stands out for its great 

shock absorption, dynamic function, high energy 

return and moderate multiaxial function. 

It is ideal for a variety of active users who enjoy 

demanding activities that involve running and 

jumping such as basketball, tennis and other 

athletic pursuits. 

Carbon composite 

toe plate gives solid 

support and energy 

return at toe off 

Carbon-Polyurethane- 

Sandwich-Structure, 

powered by the dynamic heel 

element for shock absorption 

and a smooth transition from heel 

strike to foot flat 

Carbon-Polyurethane-Sandwich-Structure, 

powered by the dynamic heel element for 

shock absorption and a smooth transition 

from heel strike to foot flat 


Axtion® DP / Mobility Grades 3 + 4 

Axtion® DP 

The Axtion® DP delivery includes a Spectra-Sock. 

647G478 

646A254=GB 

The Axtion® DP footshell is available in two colors – beige (4) and light 

brown (15). Delivery does not include the footshell, which is listed separately 

as an accessory (page 89). 

Please order directly from Customer Service: 

Order information and measurement forms can be found in the 

annex (see pages 269ff). 

Article no. 

1E58 


Heel height 

13 mm +/- 5 mm 


Min. system height A Pylon 184 mm 

Min. system height B Pylon 200 mm 


368 mm 

Weight* 360 g 380 g 385 g 390 g 425 g 435 g 445 g 455 g 465 g 475 g 


125 kg 

Selection aid for foot adapter (see page 91) 

The pylon widths differ depending on body weight, to meet the demands of this parameter. Two pylon widths are 

offered – the A and the B pylon. “A“ stands for standard width and goes up to 100 kg patient weight. “B“ stands for a 

wider model and goes up from 101 kg to 125 kg patient weight. The adapters (A-adapter and B-adapter) correspond to 

these pylon widths. 

Customer Service would be pleased to help you select an adapter and cosmetic cover. 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

For accessories for pylon feet, see page 89. 



Advantage DP2 / Mobility Grades 3 + 4 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 



Prostheses 




for Children 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Advantage DP2 

The 1E50/1E51 Advantage DP2 stands 

out for its great shock absorption, dynamic 

function, high energy return and moderate 

multiaxial function. 

It is particularly appropriate for active walkers 

who want to pursue highly demanding activities 

such as skiing or basketball. 

Wide range of adapter options 

are available as accessories. 

(See page 91) 

Deep heel bridge 

offers shock 

absorption at heel 

strike – more comfort 

without additional 

components. 

Lightweight yet robust construction 

for amputees weighing up to 150 kg. 

Carbon design 

for excellent energy 

return and a demanding 

performance level. 


Advantage DP2 / Mobility Grades 3 + 4 

Advantage DP2 

The Advantage DP2 is available in “standard“ (38 cm) and “long“ 

(51 cm) pylon lengths (PU sheathing 30 cm). The Advantage DP2 delivery 

includes a Spectra-Sock. 

SL=42P310 

646S1=6.03D 

The Advantage DP2 footshell is available in two colors – beige (4) and 

light brown (15). Delivery does not include the footshell, which is listed 

separately as an accessory (page 89). 




Article no. 

1E50 


Heel height 

9 mm 


Min. system height A Pylon 150 mm (Standard Pylon), 277 mm (Long Pylon) 

Min. system height B Pylon 166 mm (Standard Pylon), 293 mm (Long Pylon) 


370 mm (Standard Pylon), 498 mm (Long Pylon) 

Weight* 

~320 g ~330 g ~360 g ~380 g ~400 g ~415 g ~435 g ~450 g ~470 g ~485 g 


150 kg 

Article no. 

1E51 


Heel height 

19 mm 


Min. system height A Pylon 141 mm (Standard Pylon), 268 mm (Long Pylon) 

Min. system height B Pylon 157 mm (Standard Pylon), 284 mm (Long Pylon) 


362 mm (Standard Pylon), 489 mm (Long Pylon) 

Weight* 

~320 g ~330 g ~360 g ~380 g ~400 g ~415 g ~435 g ~450 g ~470 g ~485 g 


150 kg 

≤ 150 kg 

≤ 150 kg 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Selection aid for foot adapter (see page 91) 

The pylon widths differ depending on body weight, foot size and activity level, to meet the demands and of varying parameters. 

Two pylon widths are offered – the A and the B pylon. “A“ stands for standard width and “B“ for a wider model. 

The following table shows the different pylon widths for each Mobility Grade and varying shock impact. 

Customer Service would be pleased to help you select an adapter and cosmetic cover. 

Sizes 

up to 

25 cm 

26 – 27 cm 

28 – 31 cm 

Moderate activity/ 

low shock impact 

Mobility Grade 3 Mobility Grade 4 


moderate shock impact 


high shock impact 

High activity/ 

high shock impact 

up to 150 kg up to 150 kg up to 150 kg up to 150 kg A 

– – – – B 


123 – 150 kg 123 – 150 kg 115 – 150 kg 103 – 150 kg B 


123 – 150 kg 109 – 150 kg 103 – 150 kg 103 – 150 kg B 

Pylon 

width 

For accessories for pylon feet, see page 89. 

* without footshell and adapter 


Springlite® II / Mobility Grades 3 + 4 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 



The Springlite® II prosthetic foot is custom manufactured. 

It has no weight or foot size limits and can be fitted for amputees who 

have above-average body weight or irregular foot sizes. 

A modular adapter can be used for a body weight of up to 150 kg. 

For a body weight of over 150 kg, the foot must be directly laminated and 

will be without PU sheathing. 

Available in “extremely short” (36 cm), “standard” (38 cm) and “long” 

(51 cm) pylon lengths. (PU sheathing 30 cm). The delivery of Springlite II 

includes the Spectra-Sock. 

SL=42P310 

The Springlite® II footshell is available in two colors – beige (4) and light 

brown (15). Delivery does not include the footshell, which is listed separately 

as an accessory (page 89). 

Customer Service would be pleased to help you select an adapter and 

cosmetic cover. 

Please order the foot directly from Customer Service: 



MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Article no. 

1E61 


Heel height 

13 mm 


unlimited 

Accessories for Springlite® II (for direct lamination) 


4R420 Posterior Connection Plate (Set) 

For direct lamination for transtibial fittings 

Max. body weight: unlimited 

2R176=T T-Adapter 

For direct lamination, Max. body weight: unlimited 


Accessories for Pylon Feet / Mobility Grades 3 + 4 

Accessories for all Pylon Feet 


2C5 Footshell 


647G333 



2C5 = L 25 / 4 

Article no. 

2C5 

Sides 



Weight 

~ 150 g ~ 155 g ~ 195 g ~ 210 g ~ 225 g ~ 235 g ~ 265 g ~ 275 g ~ 310 g ~ 320 g 


Prosthetic 

Feet 

2C100 Tool for Removing the Footshell 








2C10 = L 26 – 28 / 4 

Article no. 

Sides 

Size range 

2C10 


21 – 22 cm, 23 – 25 cm, 26 – 28 cm, 29 – 31 cm 



Pylon Feet / Mobility Grades 3 + 4 


for Children 



Pylons and connection options for the modular system 

The higher the body weight, activity level and foot size, the higher the strain on the prosthetic foot. 

For the Axtion® DP and Advantage DP2, the pylon is available in two widths – the A and the B pylon. “A“ stands for the 

standard width and “B“ for a wider model that can sustain increased strain. 

Axtion®DP, Advantage DP2, Springlite® II 


Prostheses 

"A" Pylon 

Alignment 


"B" Pylon 

30 mm 

MOBIS® 

43 mm 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Different adapters are available for the proximal connection to the modular system: 

• A tube clamp adaptor or a pyramid adaptor is used to connect components with a pyramid adapter or pyramid receiver. 

Both sets include the spacer sleeve and glue to connect the pylon to the sleeve. If a pylon is cut too short, the spacer 

sleeve can be exchanged for a longer sleeve. 

• The adapter for the transtibial fitting (Ø 30 mm) or the 34 mm spacer sleeve is used to connect components to the tube 

clamp. 

• A socket adapter is used to connect the socket adapter, socket attachment block or lamination disk. The adapters 

can be selected with or without thread. Both include the spacer plate. 


Pylon Feet / Mobility Grades 3 + 4 

Connection Anschluss an to Modularteile modular parts mit 

with pyramid Justierkern/-aufnahme 

adapter/receiver 

A Pylon 

Connection Anschluss to an 

modular Modularteile parts with mit 

Rohrklemmung 

tube clamp 

⌀ 30 mm 

Connection to 

Anschluss an 

socket adapter/ 

Schaftadapter/-ansatz 

attachment block 

⌀ 34 mm 4-Hole-Euro M6 4-Hole-Euro M6 


Zubehör 

Accessories 

Einzelteile 

⌀ 34 mm 

4R82=P 

Tube Clamp 

Adapter 

SH* 12mm 

2R183 


50 mm 

SH* 6 mm 

⌀ 34 mm 

⌀ 34 mm 

4R82 

Tube Clamp 

Adapter 

SH* 33mm 

2R183=L 

Length Compensation, 

120 mm 

SH* 79 mm 

2R182=30 

Transfemoral 

Fitting 

SH* 89 mm 

2R183 


50 mm 

SH* 6 mm 


4R431=1 


SH* 5 mm 

4R415 

Spacer Plate, 

4-Hole, height 3 mm 

SH* 3 mm 

SH* 5 mm 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

B Pylon 

Connection to modular parts 

with tube clamp 

Connection to 

socket adapter/attachment block 

⌀ 30 mm 

⌀ 34 mm 

4-Hole-Euro M6 

4-Hole-Euro M6 


Accessories 

2R185=30 

2R185=34 

4R432=1 

Transfemoral Fitting Transfemoral Fitting 


SH* 89 mm SH* 89 mm SH* 3 mm 

4R432=2 


SH* 3 mm 


4R415 

Spacer Plate, 

4-Hole, height 3 mm 

SH* 3 mm 

* SH = system height 


Prosthetic 

Feet 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 



Prostheses 




for Children 


Feet for Limited Clearance 

Feet for Limited Clearance 

The limited space available for Lisfranc, Chopart, 

Pirogoff and Symes amputations creates 

challenges for orthopedic technicians 

and foot designers alike. 

Otto Bock´s line of low clearance offerings 

provide solutions to many of the common 

challenges faced when fitting patients with 

very low clearance. 

Prosthetic 

Feet 


Carbon Fiber Footplates / Morton‘s Extensions 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Carbon Fiber Footplate 

Article no. SL=F SL=AL SL=AR SL=HAL SL=HAR SL=CFP 

Description 

Size 

Firmness 

flat 

16 cm, 

19 cm, 

22 cm, 

25 cm, 

28 cm, 

31 cm 

Carbon fiber footplates are available in several models for different 

indications and can be used as a platform for foot orthoses, as a footplate 

for partial foot amputations. They can: 

• replace steel spring inserts for illnesses that require a restricted mobility 

of the foot. 

• improve gait efficiency and comfort through control of excessive mobility 

or flexion limitation 

• redistribute pressure forces to less sensitive areas for diabetic patients 

Carbon fiber footplates cannot be thermoformed. 


annex (see pages 269ff) 


Article no. Size Firmness 

SL=F 19 M 

left 

arched 

16 cm, 

19 cm, 

22 cm, 

25 cm, 

28 cm, 

31 cm 

right 

arched 

16 cm, 

19 cm, 

22 cm, 

25 cm, 

28 cm, 

31 cm 

13 mm heel, 

left arched 

16 cm, 

19 cm, 

22 cm, 

25 cm, 

28 cm, 

31 cm 

13 mm heel, 

right arched 

16 cm, 

19 cm, 

22 cm, 

25 cm, 

28 cm, 

31 cm 

soft (S), medium (M), firm (F), very firm (XF) and extra firm (XXF) 

contoured 

22 cm, 

25 cm, 

28 cm, 

31 cm 

Morton‘s Extension 

Article no. SL=ME-F SL=MEL-F SL=ME-C SL=MEL-C 

Description 

standard (20 cm) 

+ flat 

long (25,5 cm) 

+ flat 

standard (20 cm) 

+ contoured 

long (25,5 cm) 

+ contoured 

Side – – left (L), right (R) left (L), right (R) 

Firmness 

Selection table 

For Morton’s neuroma, hallux rigidus, stress fractures and hallux malleus 

(Turf toe) – 13 mm heel. 

Order no. (order example for SL=ME-F and SL=MEL-F): 

Article no. - Firmness 

SL=ME-F - M 

Order no. (order example for SL=ME-C and SL=MEL-C): 

Article no. - Side - Firmness 

SL=ME-C - L - M 

medium (M), firm (F) medium (M), firm (F) medium (M), firm (F) medium (M), firm (F) 

extra firm 

very firm 

firm 

medium 

soft 

36 45 54 64 73 82 91 100 109 118 

Weight in kg 

little mobility 

restricted mobility 

average mobility 

higher mobility 

full mobility 


Chopart / Mobility Grades 3 + 4 

Chopart Footplate 

The Chopart Footplate has very minimal clearance and is suitable for 

partial foot amputations as well as Chopart, Pirogoff or Syme amputations. 

The plate can be attached to the socket with the bonding kit (see 

accessories). 

SL=42P303 

The complete size range of the Chopart Footplate is available in three heel 

heights – 0 mm, 9 mm and 19 mm. The Chopart Footshell is available in 

two colors – beige (4) and light brown (15). Delivery does not include the 

footshell, which have to be ordered separately as an accessory. 




Article no. 1E80 (0 mm) 1E81 (9 mm) 1E82 (19 mm) 


Heel height 

0 mm (1E80), 9 mm (1E81), 19 mm (1E82) 


Clearance 


Weight* ~115g ~125g ~130g ~140g ~145g ~155g ~160g ~170g ~175g ~185g 


136 kg 

≤136 kg 

The prosthetic foot is designed for use with a footshell. Without the footshell, the individual foot is shorter than 

indicated in the order size. 

Accessories 


Prosthetic 

Feet 


Including primer 636W80 

SL=P071 Footshell Foam Kit 

2C5 Footshell 




2C5 = L 25 / 4 

Article no. 

2C5 

Sides 



Weight 

~ 150 g ~ 155 g ~ 195 g ~ 210 g ~ 225 g ~ 235 g ~ 265 g ~ 275 g ~ 310 g ~ 320 g 




ProSymes / Mobility Grades 2 + 3 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 



Prostheses 




for Children 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

ProSymes 

The 1C20 ProSymes is designed for Symes 

amputations (and possibly for Pirogoff amputations) 

and features an effective alignment 

and application technology. 

The adjustment features allow correction of 

the foot position during trial fitting and even 

after completion of the prosthesis and offers 

reproducible adjustment possibilities. 

With a clearance of only 43 mm (including 

lamination anchor and cosmetic cover), the 

ProSymes is the ideal solution for individuals 

with very low clearance who can benefit from 

a dynamic foot with outstanding reliability and 

performance. It adjusts well to varying terrain 

and recreational sports. 

Clearance of only 43 mm 

including lamination anchor 

and cosmetic foot shell. 

Spherical adjustment options 

for foot and socket 

for reproducible, continuous settings in a/p and m/l 

direction (+/- 6°) and rotation (+/- 30°) during and 

after completion of the prosthesis. 

Attractive, functional 

footshell in beige or 

light brown 

is included in delivery. 

Dynamic heel 

for shock absorption at 

heel strike. 

Carbon polyurethane 

sandwich structure 

for dynamic gait. 

Spacer plate 

expands fitting to patients with 

clearance of at least 52 mm – 

without limiting adjustment options. 


ProSymes / Mobility Grades 2 + 3 

ProSymes 

647G174 

646S1=15.04D 

646V87=D 

646DV7 

The ProSymes includes a lamination anchor, lamination cover, spacer plate, 

footshell, Spectra-Sock and an instructional video (CD-ROM). 


Article no. = Side Size - Firmness - A / Color 

1C20 = L 26 - 2 - A / 4 

Article no. 

1C20 


Heel height 

10 +/- 5 mm 

Foot form 

unisex 

Sides 


Sizes 25 cm 26 cm 27 cm 28 cm 

Clearance without spacer plate 43 mm 43 mm 43 mm 43 mm 

Clearance with spacer plate 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm 

Weight* ~ 465 g ~ 475 g ~ 490 g ~ 495 g 


Firmness 

(1), (2), (3) see selection table below 


25 cm 

26 – 28 cm 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Firmness Table 

Body weight 

Sizes 

25 cm 26 – 28 cm 

up to 100 kg 1 2 

100-125 kg – 3 


2G120 Lamination Anchor 

With lamination cover 

2Z328 Setting Aid with Screw 

2Z120 Screw Set 

* with lamination anchor, without footshell 

2C2 Footshell 

647G333 



2C2 = L 25 / 4 

Article no. 

Sides 

2C2 



Sizes 25 cm 26 cm 27 cm 28 cm 

Weight 190 g 230 g 235 g 255 g 



Lo Rider / Mobility Grades 3 + 4 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Lo Rider 

The 1E57 Lo Rider is a dynamic foot for Symes amputees. For even less 

height, the foot can be ordered without pyramid adapter (custom order) 

and used with the XO Coupler. The 1E57 includes in delivery the 

Spectra-Sock. 

647G338=03 

The Lo Rider footshell is available in two colors – beige (4) and light 

brown (15). Delivery does not include the footshell, which have to be 

ordered separately as an accessory. 




Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

≤ 136 kg 

Article no. 

1E57 


Heel height 

9 +/- 5 mm 


System height 


Weight* ~240g ~255g ~270g ~280g ~290g ~305g ~320g ~330g ~345g ~355g 

Max. body weight MG 3 

Max. body weight MG 4 

136 kg 

100 kg 

The ankle moments that occur with Lo Rider adds considerable strain for other prosthetic components. Please 

use adaptors in the next highest weight category below the knee joint. For example, a patient weighing 90 kg must 

be fitted with an adapter from the 125 kg weight category. The prosthetic foot is designed for use with a footshell. 

Without the footshell, the individual foot is shorter than indicated in the order size. 



Lo Rider / Mobility Grades 3 + 4 

Accessories 


2C5 Footshell 


647G333 



2C5 = L 25 / 4 

Article no. 

Sides 

2C5 



Weight 

Color beige (4), light brown (15) 

~ 195 g ~ 210 g ~ 225 g ~ 235 g ~ 265 g ~ 275 g ~ 310 g ~ 320 g 

For sizes 22 and 23 cm, please order the footshell SL=M/F 

(see order form on page 283 for more information) 

XO Coupler 

The XO Coupler allows exoskeletal connection of Springlite® feet with 

an integrated pyramid. It allows for a low structural height. 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Clearance: 36 mm including XO Coupler** 

Order no. SL=LR-XOCS-M6 SL=LR-XOCL-M6 SL=LR-XOCL-5/16 

Diameter 73 mm 85 mm* 85 mm* 

* Adaptor selection is based on Mobility Grade and body weight and is done automatically by Customer Service. 

** Please use the wrench 1/4 inch. 








2C10 = L 26 – 28 / 4 

Article no. 

Sides 

Size range 

2C10 


23 – 25 cm, 26 – 28 cm, 29 – 31 cm 



Prosthetic 

Feet 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 



Prostheses 




for Children 


Sports Feet 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Sport Feet 

Participation in Sports is an important aspect 

in staying fit and healthy in today´s modern 

world and the development of advanced carbon 

feet has allowed more amputees to be 

able to participate both in recreational and 

competitive sports. 

The competitive sports athlete needs exceptional 

prothetic solutions and Otto Bock has 

developed specialized carbon feet – Sprinter 

and C-Sprint® – which promote outstanding 

performances for the 100, 200, 400 m sprints 

and in the Long and High Jump events at both 

Paralympic and World Championship level. 


C-Sprint® 


for Children 




Prostheses 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 


C-Sprint® 

With the 1C2 C-Sprint®, Otto Bock developed a unique transtibial sports 

prothesis that now has a proven record in international competitions. 

A narrow double spring provides energy storage and aerodynamics. 

Contact occurs through contoured, threaded insets for spikes. The carbon 

spring can be customized through height adjustment and continuous angle 

adjustment. 



Order informatoin and measurement forms can be found in the 


Article no. 



1C2 

Double Carbon Spring with Adapter 

4R51 Socket Adapter with Rotation 

Adjustment 

2R111 Adapter Plate 

dependent on patient 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

410 ±15 mm 370 ±15 mm 330 ±15 mm 




2Z285 Rollover Contour with Spikes 


Sprinter 

Sprinter 

The 1E90 Sprinter has distinguished itself in international and Paralympic 

competitions as a foot of choice that offers outstanding performance. It 

stands out for its light weight. The unique spring contour provides high 

propulsion and low resistance. 





Article no. 



1E90 

Carbon Spring 

dependent of patient 

T-Adapter 5° L-Adapter 18° L-Adapter 

100 mm 

348 mm 

394 mm 388 mm 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Accessories 



For direct lamination for transtibial fittings; 


2R176=T T-Adapter for TT 

For direct lamination; 


L-Adapter 

For transtibial fitting, 


Order no. 2R177=18 2R177=5 

Angle 18° 5° 



104



The success of the modular prosthetic system is based on the adjustable link for 

prosthetic limb, which was patented by Otto Bock in 1969 and is used worldwide. 

The link consists of two pairs of setscrews surrounding a pyramid, allowing adjustment, 

within a limited swing angle, in two planes. Double, eccentric and sliding 

adapters offer even more options. Tube adapters and tube clamps add the 

option of varying lengths and diameters and create an easy-to-adjust connection. 

The various lamination anchors, socket adapters and socket attachment blocks 

provide the transition to the distal component unit. 

In addition, functional adapters such as shock absorbers and rotation and torsion 

adapters complement the portfolio. Based on biomechanical research, 

they were designed to facilitate the performance of everyday activities 

and increase wearability for the amputee. 

Otto Bock Quality Adapters – Guaranteed Good Quality! 

You can rely on the good quality of our adapters! We guarantee the 

good quality of our standard adapters with a warranty from the date 

of purchase. Since warranty conditions differ from country to country, 

please contact your Otto Bock branch for more information. 

Adapter 

WITH 

WARRANTY 

Caution when connecting to carbon spring feet! 

The ankle moments which occur with the carbon spring feet 

Lo Rider and Axtion® put a heavy strain on the adjoining 

prosthesis parts. These feet must thus be assembled 

with structural parts of the next higher weight category 

below the knee joint. 

For example, an Axtion® foot for a 90 kg heavy amputee 

must be equipped with an adapter for a body weight of 

up to 125 kg. 

Caution with transtibial prostheses! 

A Ø 34 mm tube adapter and a Ø 34 mm tube clamp 

adapter are recommended to provide maximum stability 

of transtibial prostheses that are subjected to elevated 

strain due to higher activity levels, longer foot or transtibial 

lever arms or similar factors. 




for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


Tube Adapter 


Order no. 2R37 2R38 

Diameter 30 mm 30 mm 


Min. system height 97 mm 97 mm 

Max. system height 232 mm 472 mm 

Material Titanium Titanium 


100 kg 

Titanium 

Transtibial prostheses that are subjected to increased forces should 

be equipped with a Ø 34 mm tube adapter (e.g. 2R57/2R76). 

647H90=1 

MOBIS® 

Tube Adapter 


Aluminum 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 






Material Aluminum Aluminum 


100 kg 

Modules made of titanium (2R37/2R38) are recommended for 

prostheses that are subjected to increased forces. 



647H96 



Tube Adapter 








Material Stainless steel Stainless steel 


100 kg 



647H90=1 

Tube Adapter, Angled 10° 

Titanium 

Order no. 

2R38=10° 

Diameter 

30 mm 

Weight 

275 g 



Material 

Titanium 


Angle 10° 

Adapter 

647H90=1 



Order no. 2R2 2R3 2R37 2R38 2R38=10° 2R49 2R50 

506G3=M8x12-V 

Set Screw 

506G3=M8x14 

Set Screw 





for Children 

Tube Adapter 



Titanium 



≤ 150 kg 






Prostheses 



150 kg 

647G180=1 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 


Tube Adapter 



Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

≤ 150 kg 








150 kg 

647G180=1 



Order no. 2R57 2R58 2R76 2R77 

506G3=M8x14 

Set Screw 



Tube Clamp Adapters 30 mm 


Titanium 

Order no. 

Diameter 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


4R52 

30 mm 

75 g 

33 mm 

Titanium 

100 kg 


be equipped with a Ø 34 mm tube clamp adapter (e.g. 4R82/4R91). 

647H90 


Aluminum 

Order no. 

Diameter 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


4R69 

30 mm 

75 g 

33 mm 

Aluminum 

100 kg 

Modules made of titanium (4R52) are recommended for high strain 

usage. 



Adapter 

647H96 



Order no. 

Diameter 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


4R21 

30 mm 

130 g 

33 mm 


100 kg 



647H90 




for Children 




Prostheses 

≤ 85 kg 

Tube Clamp Adapter, Movable 

Order no. 

Diameter 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


4R103 

30 mm 

185 g 

51 mm 

Titanium 

85 kg 

Titanium 

The adapter allows sliding adjustments of the socket and tube adapter, 

even when the prosthesis is being worn. This adjustment also allows for a 

shifting of the distal component independent of the angle adjustment made 

with the pyramid adapters. The prosthetic foot can be moved medially or 

laterally in the frontal plane or dorsally or ventrally in the sagittal plane. 

Alignment 


Sliding range 

+/- 11 mm 


be equipped with a Ø 34 mm tube clamp adapter (e.g. 4R88). 

647H129 

MOBIS® 


Aluminum 

Prosthetic 

Feet 


even when the prosthesis is being worn. This adjustment also allows shifting 

of the distal component independent of the angle adjustment made with the 

pyramid adapters. The prosthetic foot can be moved medially or laterally in 

the frontal plane or dorsally or ventrally in the sagittal plane. 

Adapter 

Order no. 

Diameter 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


Sliding range 

4R98 

30 mm 

150 g 

57 mm 

Aluminum 

75 kg 

+/- 9 mm 


be equipped with a Ø 34 mm tube clamp adapter (e.g. 4R88). 

647H66 



Tube Clamp Adapter, Angled at 10°/20°/30° 

Titanium 

The adapter is available with three angles. 

It establishes the connection between the pyramid adapter in the knee joint 

and the tube of the anteriorly located hip joint. 

Order no. 4R56 4R56=1 4R56=2 

Diameter 30 mm 30 mm 30 mm 

Weight 85 g 85 g 100 g 


Material Titanium Titanium Titanium 


100 kg 

Angle 10° 20° 30° 

For larger pelvic sockets, the 4R56=1/=2 Tube Clamp Adapter, 

angled at 20°/30°, is recommended. Please note the 10° angle of 

the pyramid adapter when using “=HD” knee joints. 

647H9 

Adapter 



Order no. 4R21 4R52 4R56 4R56=1 4R69 4R98 4R103 

506G3=M5x8 

Set Screw 

506G3=M8x12-V 

Set Screw 

506G3=M8x14 

Set Screw 

506G3=M8x16 

Set Screw 

501Z2=M6x25 

Cap Screw 

501Z2=M6x35 

Cap Screw 

501Z16 

Clamping Screw 

4D4 

Single component Pack 





for Children 



≤ 150 kg 


Order no. 

Diameter 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


4R82 

34 mm 

95 g 

33 mm 

Titanium 

150 kg 

Titanium 


Prostheses 

647G180 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 


Order no. 

4R91 


Prosthetic 

Feet 

≤ 150 kg 

Diameter 

Weight 

System height 

Material 

34 mm 

140 g 

33 mm 



150 kg 

Adapter 

647G180 




Titanium 

Order no. 

Diameter 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


647G180 

4R82=P 

34 mm 

90 g 

-12 mm 

Titanium 

150 kg 

≤ 150 kg 


Titanium 


even when the prosthesis is being worn. This adjustment also allows 

shifting of the distal component independent of the angle adjustment made 

with the pyramid adapters. The prosthetic foot can be moved medially or 

laterally in the frontal plane and dorsally or ventrally in the sagittal plane. 

Order no. 

Diameter 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


Sliding range 

4R88 

34 mm 

185 g 

51 mm 

Titanium 

100 kg 

+/- 11 mm 

Adapter 

647H48 



Order no. 4R82 4R82=P 4R88 4R91 

506G3=M8x12-V 

Set Screw 

506G3=M8x14 

Set Screw 

501Z16 


4D4 




Double Adapters 


for Children 



Double Adapter, Movable 

Titanium 

The adapter connects two prosthetic components with pyramid adapters 

and allows medial or lateral adjustment in the frontal plane or a dorsal or 

ventral adjustment in the sagittal plane. 


Prostheses 

Alignment 


Order no. 4R104=60 4R104=75 


System height 97 mm 112 mm 



100 kg 

Sliding range +/- 11mm +/- 11mm 

647H137 

MOBIS® 

Double Adapter 

Titanium 

Adapter 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

≤ 150 kg 

Order no. 4R72=32 4R72=45 4R72=60 4R72=75 

Weight 85 g 95 g 110 g 125 g 

System height 69 mm 82 mm 97 mm 112 mm 

Material Titanium Titanium Titanium Titanium 


150 kg 

647H34 


Titanium 

≤ 150 kg 

Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


647H41 

4R84 

115 g 

36 mm 

Titanium 

150 kg 


Double Adapter and Connection Adapter 





System height - 32 mm - 30 mm 



150 kg 

≤ 150 kg 

647G300 

Connection Adapter 

Adapter 

Order no. 4R84=D 4R84=D-62 



System height 19 mm – 

Min. system height – 20 mm 

Max. system height – 48 mm 

Material Titanium Stainless steel 


150 kg 

≤ 150 kg 

647H436 


Connection Adapters 


for Children 

Connection Adapter with Pyramid Receiver 

To connect a pyramid and a Ø 30 or 34 mm tube clamp. 

Adapter 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

≤ 150 kg 

Order no. 4R72=D 4R72=D-62 4R75=D-70 


Weight 70 g 150 g 170 g 

System height 66 mm – – 

Min. system height – 67 mm 76 mm 

Max. system height – 96 mm 106 mm 

Material Titanium Stainless steel Stainless steel 


150 kg 

647H436 



Order no. 4R72 4R75=D-70 4R84 4R104 

506G3=M5x8 

Set Screw 

506G3=M8x12-V 

Set Screw 

506G3=M8x16 

Set Screw 

501Z16 




Special Adapters 

Pyramid Adapter with Threaded Connector 

Titanium 

The 4R50 in combination with the 4R44=L Adapter Ring with Threaded 

Connector allows for individual length and rotation adjustments for 

transtibial and transfemoral prostheses. The 4R50 and 4R44=L allow 

connection to the 4R150 Harmony HD System and other components. 

Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


647G185 

4R50 

70 g 

- 1 mm 

Titanium 

150 kg 

≤ 150 kg 

Pyramid Receiver with Threaded Connector 


The 4R44=L in combination with the 4R50 allows for individual length and 

rotation adjustments for transtibial and transfemoral prostheses. The adapter 

can be shortened. The 4R44=L with the 4R43 or 4R111=N Lamination 

Anchors creates a length-adjustable socket connection. 

Order no. 

Weight 



Material 


4R44=L 

210 g 

31 mm 

91 mm 


150 kg 

≤ 150 kg 

Adapter 

647G185 

Sliding Adapter 

Aluminum 

The 4R101 is mounted between the socket attachment block (e.g. 5R1 

or 5R6) and the socket adapter (e.g. 4R51) or functional adapter (4R40 

Torsion Adapter). It allows independent shifts in the frontal and sagittal 

planes and a convenient scale makes it easy to track adjustments. 

Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 

Sliding range 

m-l and a-p-direction 


4R101 

205 g 

25 mm 

Aluminum 

+/- 11 mm 

100 kg 

For transtibial prostheses, the 4R101 Sliding Adapter is suitable 

only for the first or interim use. For transfemoral prostheses, the 

4R101 Sliding Adapter can be used for regular, long-term usage. 

647H141 


Special Adapters 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


Adapter Plate 

Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


Sliding range 

4R118 

75 g 

10 mm 

Aluminum 

125 kg 

10 to 25 mm 

Aluminum 

The adapter plate adds additional permanent posterior placement from 

the knee joint (e.g. 3R90 and 3R92) to the socket. The adapter plate can 

only be used in combination with an adapter with a four-hole connection 

(e.g. 5R1 and 5R2). 

647G319 

Adapter 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

MOBIS® 



Order no. 4R44=L 4R50 4R101 4R118 

506G3=M4x12 

Set Screw 

506G3=M8x12-V 

Set Screw 

501S41=M6x12 

Countersunk Screw (Allen Screw) 

501S44=M6x25 

Raised Countersunk Flange Screw 

(Allen Screw) 

501T61=M6x30 

Cap Screw 

501T61=M6x25 

Cap Screw 

501T61=M6x12 

Cap Screw 

4Y212 

Clamping Nut 

501Z2=M6x20 

Cap Screw 



Lamination Anchors 

Lamination Anchor with Pyramid 

The lamination anchors 4R100, 4R68 and 4R63 are designed for 

lamination into the transtibial socket. 

Order no. 4R100 4R68 4R63 

Weight 55 g 70 g 95 g 

System height - 8 mm - 7 mm - 7 mm 

Material Titanium Aluminum Stainless steel 


100 kg 

4R100, 4R63: The Lamination Dummies 4X3 and 4X52 are included 

with the Lamination Anchor. 

647H86 

4R68: The 4X3 Lamination Dummy is included with the lamination 

anchor. 

647H10 

Lamination Anchor with Pyramid 


Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


4R42 

130 g 

- 5 mm 


150 kg 

≤ 150 kg 

The 4X3 Lamination Dummy is included with the lamination anchor. 

647H247 

Adapter 




for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

Lamination Anchor with Threaded Connector 

Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


Lamination Anchor with Pyramid, rotatable 

Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


4R89 

180 g 

- 3 mm 


125 kg 


Only suitable for use in transfemoral prostheses. During the lamination 

process, the 4X46 Lamination Dummy should be used, which 

has to be ordered separately (see Accessories, page 122). 

The 4R87 Pyramid Adapter with Threaded Connector is available as a 

individual component of the 4R89. 

Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 

4R43 

95 g 

8 mm 


125 kg 

4R87 

85 g 

- 11 mm 



The 4R43 Lamination Anchor can be combined with, among others, the 

4R44=L Pyramid Receiver with Threaded Connector to create a lengthadjustable 

socket connection or with the 4R57=ST Rotation Adapter. In 

the latter case, the 4X46=ST Lamination Dummy must be used during 

lamination. It must be ordered seperately. 




647H247 

647H247 

Lamination Anchor with Pyramid Receiver, rotatable 


Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


4R41 

170 g 

39 mm 


125 kg 




The 4R44=N Pyramid Receiver with Threaded Connector is available as 

an individual component of 4R41. 

Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 

4R44=N 

75 g 

31 mm 


647H247 



Lamination Anchor with Threaded Connector 


The 4R111=N Lamination Anchor can be combined with, among others, 

the 4R44=L Pyramid Receiver with Threaded Connector to create a 

length-adjustable socket connection or with the 4R57=ST Rotation Adapter. 

In the latter case, the 4X46=ST Lamination Dummy must be used 

during lamination. It must be ordered seperately. 

Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


4R111=N 

80 g 

13 mm 


150 kg 

≤ 150 kg 




647G123 

Lamination Anchor with Pyramid, rotatable 


Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


4R116 

165 g 

2 mm 


150 kg 




The 4R87 Pyramid Adapter with Threaded Connectorist is available as an 

individual component of 4R89. 

Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 

4R87 

85 g 

- 11 mm 


≤ 150 kg 

Adapter 

647H123 

Lamination Anchor with Pyramid Receiver, rotatable 


Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


4R111 

155 g 

44 mm 


150 kg 

≤ 150 kg 






Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 

4R44=N 

75 g 

31 mm 


647G123 


Accessories for Lamination Anchors 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

≤ 150 kg 

Lamination Anchor with Pyramid Receiver and Angled Anchor Arm 

Order no. 4R119 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


160 g 

44 mm 


150 kg 


The Lamination Anchor features an angled anchor arm, which is to be 

positioned posteriorly. This allows easy positioning of the adapter in order 

to achieve optimal prosthetic alignment. The flexion position of the residual 

limb/socket is taken into account. 

No or only little manual bending is required. 

A properly positioned socket connector is the basis for a correct prosthetic 

alignment. This in turn is a basic prerequisite for optimal functionality of 

the prosthesis and thus for a high fitting quality. 






Order no. 4R44=N 

Weight 

System height 

Material 

647G476 

75 g 

31 mm 


Adapter 

Accessories 


4X46 Lamination Dummy 

For Lamination Anchors 4R41, 4R89, 4R111, 4R116, 4R43 and 4R111=N 



Order no. 4R41 4R43 4R89 4R111 4R111=N 4R116 

506G3=M8x12-V 

Set Screw 

501Z2=M5x22 

Cap Screw 

501Z2=M5x30 

Cap Screw 

4R43 

Lamination Anchor with 

Threaded Connector 

4R87 

Pyramid Adapter with 


4R44=N 

Pyramid Receiver 

with Threaded Connector 

4R111=N 

Lamination Anchor with 




Socket Adapters 

Socket Adapter with Pyramid 

Order no. 4R54 4R74 4R23 


System height - 11 mm - 7 mm - 11 mm 

Material Titanium Aluminum 

Stainless 

steel 


647H31 

≤ 150 kg 

4R54 

4R74 

4R23 

Socket Adapter with Pyramid, rotatable 

Titanium 

The pyramid of the 4R77 Socket Adapter has a 9.5 mm drill hole. With the 

right positioning of the adapter, the drill hole matches the 5R2 Lamination 

Disk and the 6A30=10 and 6A30=20 Shuttle Locks. 

Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


647H31 

4R77 

70 g 

- 9 mm 

Titanium 

150 kg 

≤ 150 kg 

Adapter 

Socket Adapter with Pyramid, eccentric 

Titanium 

Thanks to the offset positioning, the 4R73=A and 4R73=D Adapters allow 

for sliding adjustment of the prosthetic socket on different levels. 

The 4R73=A enables a sliding adjustment in the sagittal and frontal plane. 

Its pyramid is offset-axially. 

The 4R73=D enables a 45° combination in the sagittal and frontal plane. Its 

pyramid is diagonally-offset. 

Order no. 4R73=A 4R73=D 


System height -11 mm - 11 mm 


Position of the 

pyramid 


Axially 

shifted 

by 7 mm 

150 kg 

Diagonally 

shifted 

by 5 mm 

≤ 150 kg 

647H31 


Socket Adapters 


for Children 




Prostheses 

≤ 150 kg 

4R55 

4R95 

4R22 

Socket Adapter with Pyramid Receiver 

Order no. 4R55 4R95 4R22 



Material Titanium Aluminum 

Stainless 

steel 


647G382 

MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

Alignment 


≤ 150 kg 

4R51 

Socket Adapter with Pyramid Receiver, rotatable 






4R37 

647G382 



Order no. 4R22 4R37 4R51 4R55 4R77 4R95 

506G3=M8x12-V 

Set Screw 

506G3=M8x14 

Set Screw 

4Y19 

Pressure Plate 



Socket Attachment Blocks 

Socket Attachment Block for Lamination Technique 

Wood 

Order no. 5R1=6 5R1=6-H 5R1=2 5R1=1 

Diameter wood 

connection 

120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 147 mm 

Weight 155 g 240 g 355 g 445 g 

System height 30 mm 33 mm – – 

Min. system height – – 46 mm 46 mm 

Max. system height – – 64 mm 64 mm 

Material Wood Wood Wood Wood 

Max. body weight 125 kg 150 kg 125 kg 125 kg 

≤ 150 kg 

5R1=6-H 

The 4X6 Lamination Dummy is included with the Socket Attachment 

Blocks. 

647G92 

647G183 (5R1=6-H) 

Lamination Disk 

Aluminum 

The 5R2 Lamination Disk can be used with various Otto Bock socket 

adapters and the 6A30=20 Shuttle Lock System. 

Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


5R2 

70 g 

9 mm 

Aluminum 

150 kg 

≤ 150 kg 

The 4X86 Lamination Dummy is included in delivery of the lamination 

disk. 

647G179 

Adapter 

Socket Attachment Block for Thermoplastic Socket 

Aluminum 

The 5R6 Socket Attachment Block is available for three residual limb 

circumferences. It is a detachable connection for a thermoplastic socket. 

Order no. 5R6=1 5R6=2 5R6=3 

Weight 160 g 135 g 115 g 


Circumf. distal 

res. limb 

The 5Y14 Tool helps create the proper distal shape. It have to be 

ordered separately. 

647H4 

~ 400 mm ~ 320 mm ~ 250 mm 



100 kg 

Accessories for 5R6 


This tool helps form the proper distal shape. 

Order no. 5Y14=1 5Y14=2 5Y14=3 

For 5R6=1 5R6=2 5R6=3 

647H4 


Socket Attachment Blocks 


for Children 



Socket Attachment Block with Tube Connection / Pyramid Adapter 

Aluminum 

The 4R108/4R109 Socket Attachment Blocks function as the adjustable connection between a transtibial socket 

and distal component. The adjustment is done during the trial fitting and secured through the anti-rotation lock of 

the adapter. After loosening the central countersunk screw, the lower part of the adapter can be shifted against the 

lamination/vacuum forming shell integrated in the socket by 8 mm medically and laterally in the frontal plane and by 

6 mm dorsally and ventrally in the sagittal plane. 


Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

Order no. 4R108=3L 4R108=3T 4R109=3L 4R109=3T 

Weight 280 g 255 g 280 g 265 g 

Diameter 30 mm 30 mm – – 


Material Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum 


Sliding range 

in frontal plane 

in sagittal plane 

The 4X100 Lamination Dummy must be used during the lamination/vacuum procedure. It is included in the delivery 

of the Socket Attachment Blocks. 

When fabricating the thermoplastic socket, insert the Lamination Dummy in the vacuum forming shell. The lamination 

dummy is removed after the vacuum forming procedure. 

647H230 

+/- 8 mm 

+/- 6 mm 

+/- 8 mm 

+/- 6 mm 

100 kg 

+/- 8 mm 

+/- 6 mm 

+/- 8 mm 

+/- 6 mm 

Used for laminated socket thermoplastic socket laminated socket thermoplastic socket 



Order no. 4R108 4R109 5R1 5R2 5R6 

506S1=5x16 

Clamping sleeve 

501S41=M6x12 


501S41=M6x16 


501S41=M6x25 


501S41=M6x30 


501S41=M10x20 


501S74=3.5x9.5 

Self-Tapping Screw 

501Z2=M6x25 

Cap Screw 

501Z10 

Raised countersunk screw 



Modular Transtibial and Transfemoral Kits 

Adapter 

Modular Transtibial and 

Transfemoral Kits 

Otto Bock packages the important prosthetic 

technologies and products within an easy-touse 

system. With our comprehensive modular 

transfemoral and transtibial kits, you enjoy 

turnkey solutions at affordable prices. 

Decades of success testify to the high quality 

of Otto Bock modular adapters. The combination 

of tube and tube clamp adapter is 

available in different materials in standard 

and heavy duty versions for a maximum body 

weight of 150 kg. Other convenient kits are 

also available and include components like a 

lamination anchor and a foot adapter. 

The transfemoral set includes the 3R40 Aluminum 

Knee Joint in addition to the socket attachment 

block and tube adapter. 


Modular Transtibial Kits 


for Children 


Titanium 

Adapter 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 



Prostheses 



≤ 150 kg 

2R102 

Order no. 2R120 2R121 2R102 


Material Titanium Titanium Titanium 


Consists of: 

4R52 Tube Clamp Adapter 

2R37 Tube Adapter 

4R100 Lamination Anchor 

with Pyramid 





Technical data and information about the individual set components are featured with the respective components. 




Aluminum 

Adapter 

Order no. 2R105 2R122 4R201 




Consists of: 



100 kg 


with Pyramid 



Aluminum/ 


4R37 Socket Adapter 

with Pyramid 

Receiver, rotable 

3R40 Modular 

Light Knee Joint, 

monocentric, 

with lock 






for Children 



Adapter 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 



Prostheses 



Order no. 2R123 2R124 2R125=M8 and 2R125=M10 2R103 

≤ 150 kg 

2R103 

Diameter 30 mm 30 mm 30 mm 34 mm 

Material Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel 


Consists of: 

4R21 Tube Clamp 

Adapter 

2R2 Tube 

Adapter 

4R63 Lamination 

Anchor with 

Pyramid 

Adapter 

4R21 Tube Clamp 

Adapter 

2R2 Tube 

Adapter 


with Pyramid 



In set 2R125=M8: 

2R8=M8 Foot Adapter for 

SACH* and 

Dynamic Foot 

In set 2R125=M10: 

2R8=M10 Foot Adapter for 

SACH* and 

Dynamic Foot 

4R91 Tube 

Clamp 

Adapter 

2R76 Tube 

Adapter 




Functional Adapters 

Adapter 

Functional Adapters 

The loss of a limb has psychological effects, 

as well as the more obvious loss of physical 

function, of the ability to walk and stand in 

ways that were instinctive and natural. 

Otto Bock has made it its task to help restore 

mobility and function to help amputees resume 

their everyday routines. 

That task has led us to develop prosthetic feet, 

knee and hip joints. Over the years, Otto Bock 

created structural parts with unique functions 

such as the DeltaTwist® shock absorber with 

torsion and rotation adapters. These devices 

allow amputees to master everyday activities 

while offering increased wearability. 


Rotation Adapters 

MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Alignment 



Prostheses 




for Children 


Adapter 

A rotation adapter installed above the knee 

joint adds a new angle to a prosthesis, allowing 

the prosthesis to rotate for a wide variety 

of activities. 

For the wearer this translates primarily into 

increased security. When driving a car, the 

prosthesis can be moved to the side, minimizing 

the risk of the prosthetic foot getting 

stuck in the pedals. The driver can then operate 

the pedals without any obstruction. The 

adapter also allows the wearer to mainta- 

in a more relaxed leg position while driving, 

which in turn allows him/her to focus more 

on the traffic. 

A rotation adapter means more comfort for 

the wearer. It makes everyday tasks like putting 

on shoes and socks much easier. In addition 

it creates more seating options, including 

sitting cross-legged. 

The rotation mechanism is easily activated 

with the release button, and deactivation occurs 

automatically. 



Models 

Two models with different proximal connections are available. 

Rotation Adapter with Pyramid and Pyramid 

Receiver: 

The 4R57 Rotation Adapter includes a pyramid at 

its proximal end. 

Rotation Adapter with Threaded Connector and 

Pyramid Receiver: 

The 4R57=ST Rotation Adapter features a thread 

at its proximal end. This allows for space-saving 

integration of the adapter into the prosthesis. The 

adapter can be screwed into the 4R111=N as well 

as into the 4R43 Lamination Anchor. 

Rotation Adapter 


Order no. 4R57 4R57=ST 




Proximal connection pyramid thread 

Distal connection pyramid receiver pyramid receiver 


150 kg 

In order to screw the 4R57=ST properly into the lamination anchor, 

the 4X46=ST Lamination Dummy must be used for lamination. It 

have to be ordered separately. 

Note: The 4R57 is not compatible with 2R49, 2R50 and 4R95 

647G258 

≤ 150 kg 

4R57=ST 

Adapter 

Accessories 


4X46=ST Lamination Dummy 

for 4R57=ST Rotation Adapter 



Order no. 4R57 4R57=ST 

506G3=M8x12 

Set Screw 

4X69=7 

Closing Knob, black 

4X69=1 

Closing Knob, gray 



Torsion Adapters 

MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Alignment 



Prostheses 



Adapter 


for Children 

Torsion adapters have significant advantages 

for the wearer, regardless of their amputation 

level. Because the socket needs to securely 

fit the residual limb, the Otto Bock torsion adapter 

compensates for this necessary lack of 

movement. This is particularly useful for activities 

in restricted spaces at work or at home, 

where added mobility also implies more secu- 


rity. The torsion adapters also provide more 

mobility and comfort for recreational activies 

like playing golf or tennis. In addition they minimize 

the shear forces on the residual limb – 

forces which can lead to a painful tissue 

breakdown. By helping to reduce compensatory 

movements, the torsion adapter increases 

comfort and smooths the gait pattern. 

The intensity of the torsion movement can be individually adjusted for all adapters: 

Rotation angle limitation through stops +/- 20° 

Firmness of stop 

Torsion moment of the spring elasticity 

~ 100 Nm 

7 Nm to Max. 19 Nm 



Models 

Four models with different connections are available. 

Torsion Adapter with Clamp (Ø 30 mm) 

and Pyramid Receiver: 

The 4R85 Torsion Adapter connects the knee joint 

with the Ø 30 mm tube adapter. It replaces the tube 

clamp adapter. 

Torsion Adapter with Clamp (Ø 34 mm) 

and Pyramid Receiver: 

The 4R86 Torsion Adapter connects the knee joint 

with the Ø 34 mm tube adapter. It replaces the tube 

clamp adapter. 

Torsion adapter with Tube and Pyramid Receiver: 

The 4R39 Torsion Adapter contains a Ø 30 mm tube. 

It replaces the tube adapter and bridges the distance 

between prosthetic foot and knee joint. 

Torsion Adapter with Screw Plate and Pyramid 

Receiver: 

The 4R40 Torsion Adapter has a screw plate at 

its proximal end. It replaces the socket attachment 

block. 

Torsion Adapter 


Torsion Adapter with Pyramid Receiver and Ø 30 mm Tube Connection. 

Order no. 

4R85 

Diameter 

30 mm 

Weight 

350 g 

System height 68 mm 

Material 


Mobility Grade 1 - 4 


When using the 4R85 with the knee joints with friction brake 3R15 

and 3R49, the longer extension assist pull (included with torsion 

adapter) must be mounted. 

Adapter 

647G23 


Titanium 

Torsion Adapter with Pyramid Receiver and Ø 34 mm Tube Connection. 

Order no. 

4R86 

Diameter 

34 mm 

Weight 

340 g 


Material 

Titanium 



≤ 110 kg 

647G23 




for Children 




Prostheses 



Torsion Adapter with Proximal Screw Plate and Distal Pyramid Receiver. 

Order no. 

4R40 

Weight 

340 g 


Material 




647G23 

MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

Alignment 




Torsion Adapter with Ø 30 mm Tube and Pyramid Receiver. 

Order no. 

4R39 

Diameter 

30 mm 

Weight 

500 g 



Material 




647G23 



Order no. 4R39 4R40 4R85 4R86 

506G3=M8x12 

Set Screw 

4D4 


Single-component pack Minimum order quantity Can be ordered individually 


DeltaTwist® 

DeltaTwist® 

The loss of a limb includes important proprioceptor 

and muscle groups that provide 

many types of torsional and shock-absorbing 

functions. The DeltaTwist® shock absorber 

with torsion function can help compensate 

for this loss. The shock absorbing 

and torsion functions contribute to security, 

mobility and comfort. Integrated into the 

prosthesis, the DeltaTwist® also allows for 

a more symmetrical gait. Instabilities can 

be corrected and compensation movements 

significantly reduced. 

The shock absorption and torsion function 

can be individually and independentally adjusted 

through the use of different elastomer 

rods and plates with varying firmness. Based 

on state-of-the-art biomechanical research 

findings, the DeltaTwist® accommodates the 

specific gait pattern of each wearer. 

If need be, the torsion can be suppressed laterally 

or medially, by means of the rotation 

lock (see accessories). 

The DeltaTwist® can be used in transfemoral 

or in transtibial prostheses. 

Detailed technical information can be found 

in this brochure: 

646A196=GB 

Adapter 

Indications 

• Unnatural asymmetrical gait pattern in terms 

of the transversal rotation (around the body’s 

longitudinal axis) 

• Overloading of the residual limb and locomotor 

system due to impact load and shear forces 

• Unusual sensitivity to impact loads such as 

formation of neuroma on residual limb 

• Pronounced dynamic gait patterns 

• Frequent torsional (rotational movements) 

loading at work and during leisure activities 


DeltaTwist® 


for Children 

DeltaTwist® 

Aluminum 


Prostheses 

Alignment 




MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

4R120 

4R121=30 

4R121=34 

Order no. 4R120 4R121=30 4R121=34 

Proximal connection Tube clamp Ø 30 mm Tube Ø 30 mm Tube Ø 34 mm 

Distal connection Pyramid receiver Pyramid receiver Pyramid receiver 

Outer diameter 47 mm 47 mm 47 mm 

Weight ~ 340 g ~ 530 g * ~ 585 g * 

System height 117 mm – – 

Min. system height – 177 mm 174 mm 

Max. system height – 553 mm 578 mm 


Max. torsion inward/outward ± 20° ± 20° ± 20° 

Max. compression ~ 8 mm ~ 8 mm ~ 8 mm 



* At its shortest, the weight of the 4R121=30 is 325 g and of the 4R121=34 355 g. 

647H441 

Adapter 

The DeltaTwist® models are delivered as sets and include: 

6 

1 1 DeltaTwist® shock absorber equipped with: 

• 1 Elastomer Rod, durometer medium (yellow) 

• 2 Elastomer Plates, durometer medium (yellow) 

1 

2 1 Elastomer Rod, durometer soft (red) 

3 1 Elastomer Rod, durometer hard (green) 

4 2 Elastomer Plates, durometer soft (red) 

4 

7 

5 

2 

Example of standard delivery 4R120 

3 

5 2 Elastomer Plates, durometer hard (green) 

6 1 Combination Wrench (mounting aid) 

7 1 Tube Special Grease 

Instructions for Use 

Accessories 

Order no. 4R120 4R121=30 4R121=34 

709H5=4 Rotation Locking Plate, extra hard 

Socket wrench, consisting of: 

709H7 Socket Nut 1/2“, hexagon, SW11 

709H8 Socket Nut Extension, 1/2“, 

length 575 mm 

709H9 T-Handle 1/2“ 



DeltaTwist® 

Rotation segments 

(uni-laterally locked) for 

isolation of the spring effect 

from the inner and outer 

rotation. 

Indicator ring to control 

maximum axial compression. 

Threaded bushing with 

inner friction bearing 

(with type designation) 

to open casing and 

exchange 

elastomer plates. 

Pair of elastomer plates 

(exchangeable) 

for the torsion function. 

Polymer friction bearing 

with high wear resistance. 

Tensioning screw 

for elastomer rod. 

Locking screw 

to replace the 

elastomer bar. 

Elastomer rod (exchangeable) 

for shock absorption. 

Adapter 

Retaining screw 

and elastomer ring for resistance 

adjustment to adapt 

to to the amputee‘s body 

weight. 

Elastomer element 

for soft, progressive 

terminal axial damping. 



Order no. 4R120 4R121=30 4R121=34 

709H6=1 Elastomer Rod, durometer soft 

709H6=2 Elastomer Rod, durometer medium 

709H6=3 Elastomer Rod, durometer firm 

709H5=1 Elastomer Plate, durometer soft 

709H5=2 Elastomer Plate, durometer medium 

709H5=3 Elastomer Plate, durometer firm 

633F30 Special Grease (tube) 

709H4 Combination Wrench 




140



The function of a modular knee joint is vital to the overall performance of a prosthesis. 

During stance phase knee stability is key, and the knee must not buckle 

at heel strike. During swing phase, the motion of the prosthetic lower leg must 

be controlled. 

With mechanical knee components, stance phase stability can be achieved by 

means of a lock (a common solution for geriatric fittings), weight-dependent friction 

controls or polycentric constructions – and even with variable stance phase 

flexion in knees like the 3R60. A hydraulic stance phase control is offered in knees 

such as the 3R80. 

With the electronic knee joints from the C-Leg® Product Line, the hydraulic unit 

is microprocessor-controlled for stance phase stability. 

The swing phase control is achieved with, for example, flexible extension assist 

springs that function independently of walking speed. The pneumatic and hydraulic 

elements resist motion depending on speed and adjust to the patient’s gait. 

Based on real-time data, the C-Leg® Knee Joint System immediately adapts to 

the patient’s current walking situation. 

The selection of the appropriate mechanically or electronically controlled knee joint 

is based on the the patient’s amputation level, the condition of the residual limb, 

their activity level and health, their weight as well as his/her surrounding environment 

and living conditions. Older prosthesis users with lower mobility require a 

higher degree of knee stability. Easy handling and wearing comfort are more important 

than dynamic function. 

The knee joint and prosthetic foot are viewed as one functional unit; these components 

must therefore work in harmony with each other and are tested to ensure the 

best function possible (see “Component Combination: Knee-Foot” on page 48). 

Knee Joints 


Selection Aid Modular Knee Joints 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

TF 

Joint 

Mobility Grade 

1 2 3 4 

CR ICR 

Maximum 

Stance phase stability 

body weight Construction provided by alignment and: Swing phase control 

≤ 100 kg 

≤ 125 kg 

≤ 150 kg 

single axis 

polycentric 

Lock 

Brake 

polycentric 

Special 

features 

3R40 144 

3R33/17 145 

3R49/15 146 

3R36/20 147 

3R90 148 

3R92 148 

3R106/=ST 150 

3R60/=ST EBS 153 

3R60- 

PRO/=ST 

3C96/3C86 

Mechanics 

Pneumatic 

Hydraulic 

Page 

progressive 

EBS 

157 

Hydraulics + 

Electronics 175 

3R72 160 

3R80/=1 

Rotary 

hydraulic 

Rotary 

hydraulik 161 

3R55 166 

3C98-1/ 

3C88-1 

Hydraulics + 

Electronics 

Electronically 

controlled 173 

3R95/=1 164 

Knee Joints 

KD 

3R32/23 167 

3R30/21 168 

3R106=KD 150 

3R60=KD EBS 153 

3R60- 

PRO=KD 

3C86 

progressive 

EBS 

157 

Hydraulics + 


3R46 169 

3C88-1 

Hydraulics + 

Electronics 



3R36/20 147 

3R106=HD 150 

HD 

3R60=HD EBS 153 

3R60- 

PRO=HD 

3C96 

3C98-1 

progressive 

EBS 

157 

Hydraulics + 


Hydraulics + 


Electronics 




Mechanical Knee Joints 

The targeted improvement of our knee 

joints creates new options for matching 

the knee to the wearer to create 

the best outcomes possible. 

With the development of new mechanical 

knee joints, we offer innovative 

real-life solutions for nearly every challenge. 

By improving existing products 

and adding new features (e.g. by increasing 

the maximum weight limit) we 

aim to deliver the best possible mobility 

solutions available today. 

This chapter features mechanical 

knee joints starting with solutions for 

Mobility Grade 1 (indoor walker) and 

continuing through to Mobility Grade 

4 (non-restricted outdoor walker with 

especially rigorous demands). 

Knee Joints 


Mobility Grade1 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

3R40 

Aluminum 

Modular Lightweight Single Axis Knee Joint, with Lock 

The knee has a pyramid adapter on the upper portion and has a tube 

clamp on the lower portion. The adjustable manual lock in the lower joint 

section secures the joint in the extended position and the lock is released 

using the lock cable. 

647G82 

Use Foam Cover 3R24 or 3S124 for 3R40. 

Fabrication of a customized foam cosmesis is possible 

(see page 237). 

Order no. 



3R40 


Weight 

System height 




Distal system height up 

to alignment reference 

point 

Material 




Tube clamp ⌀ 30 mm 

290 g 

23 mm 

1 mm 

22 mm 

Aluminum 

100 kg 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

Single components for 3R40 


Consists of: 

1 plastic knee cap 

2 set screws 

1 lock bale with cable guide 

1 perlon cord 

1 threaded fitting, short 

1 cable clamp 

1 lock control handle 

1 plastic ring 

2 knee stops 


Accessories for 3R40 


4F34 Lock Control Unit for 3R40 

Can be used both left and right; adjustable for push and pull. May be 

used in place of the 4F18 Lock Handle. 

Single components for 4F34 


4D11 Single component Pack for 4F34 Lock Control Unit 

Consists of: 



1 cable clamp 

1 perlon cord 



3R33 / 3R17 

Modular Single Axis Knee Joint 

with Lock and Extension Assist 

The adjustable lock secures the knee joint in extension and is released 

using the lock cable. Locking occurs automatically at full extension with the 

assistance of the extension assist springs. 

647G34 

Use Foam Cover 3R24 or 3S124 for 3R33 or 3R17. Fabrication of a 

customized foam cosmesis is possible (see page 237). 


Proximal connection Pyramid adapter Pyramid adapter 

Distal connection Pyramid adapter Pyramid adapter 

Knee flexion angle 120° 120° 








point 

6 mm 6 mm 

37 mm 37 mm 




3R33 

≤150 kg 

3R17 

Single components for 3R33 and 3R17 


4D10 Single component Pack for 3R33 and 3R17 

Consists of: 


1 knee axis bushing 

1 compression spring 

1 set screw 

1 safety plate 


1 rubber bumper 

2 ball thrust bearings 

2 compression springs 

2 spring guide pins 

2 lock screws 

1 spring guide housing 

2 spring bushings 

1 guide pin 

Knee Joints 

Accessories for 3R33 and 3R17 


4F34 Lock Control Unit for 3R33 and 3R17 

Can be used both left and right; adjustable for push and pull. 

May be used in place of the 4F18 Lock Control Handle that is part of the 

standard version. 

Single components for 4F34 


4D11 Single component Pack for 4F34 Lock Control Unit 

Consists of: 



1 cable clamp 

1 perlon cord 




for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

3R49 / 3R15 


with Extension Assist and Protective Sleeve 

The knee is designed to utilize the swing axis and brake axis as a loaddependent 

brake. This, together with the posterior placement, ensures 

a secure stance phase. The axis friction and the extension assist are 

adjustable for improved control of swing phase. 

647H84 

Use Foam Cover 3R6 or 3S106 for 3R49 and 3R15. 












Distal system 



1 mm 1 mm 

8 mm 8 mm 




Scope of delivery for 3R49 and 3R15 

21Y70=N Protective Sleeve 

100 kg 

The soft plastic sleeve is designed to protect the knee joint, extension 

assist unit and foam cosmesis or clothing. 




Consists of: 

1 brake bushing 

1 extension stop 

1 bumper 

2 brass washers, large 

2 brass washers, small 

2 lock rings 

2 knee stops 

1 safety device for bushing 

1 knee axis screw 



3R36 / 3R20 

Otto Bock Habermann Modular Knee Joint, 

Polycentric, with Integrated Extension Assist 

The „Four Bar“ knee offers stance phase control through polycentric 

kinematics. The extension stop allows adjustment of the instantaneous 

center of rotation. 

Swing phase settings can be continuously adjusted through the axis 

friction and extension assist. 

647G72 

Use Foam Cover 3R24 or 3S124 for 3R36 and 3R20. 












Distal system 



- 3 mm - 3 mm 

44 mm 44 mm 




100 kg 

Knee Joints 




Consists of: 


1 cap screw 

1 knee stop, complete 

1 extension bumper 

1 pin for extension assist 

1 extension assist spring 

1 adjustment screw 

1 ball 

2 lock nuts 

2 axis pins 

4 brass washers 

4 washers 


Mobility Grades 1 + 2 / 2 + 3 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


With Both Feet Firmly Planted on the Ground... 

... by the new 3R90 and 3R92 Modular Knee 

Joints with Friction Brakes, offering users physiological 

advantages in their everyday activities. 

Unlike conventional knee joints with friction 

brakes, the break mechanism of the 3R90 

and 3R92 is activated through transferred 

body weight and shuts off automatically when 

the forefoot is loaded. Thus, the awkward hip 

lift used to initiate swing phase is eliminated. 

This enables the knees to simulate a more 

natural movement with a high level of stance 

phase stability - whether for a single step or 

for a day full of motion. 

The flexible covers offer protection for the 

joints as well as the foam covers. These knee 

joints are also extremely easy to align and adjust. 

Integrated synchronized swing phase controls 

(mechanical or pneumatic) ensure fittings 

that are fast and meet the patients needs based 

in their indications, especially for Mobility 

Grades 1 and 2. 

Knee Joints 

Adapter 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

MOBIS® 

Two spring elements form the integrated mechanical 

extension assist for the 3R90. The 

knee can be easily preset to five different levels. 

The extension and flexion resistance of the integrated 

dual-chamber pneumatic system for 

the 3R92 can be adjusted with a screwdriver, 

as usual. 


Mobility Grades 1 + 2 / 2 + 3 

3R90 / 3R92 

Aluminum 

Modular Single Axis Knee Joints 

3R90 with Mechanical Extension Assist 

The novel load-dependent brake mechanism offers patients valuable 

security.When the heel is loaded, the brake is activated and provides high 

stability in stance phase. The swing phase can be controlled by means 

of a mechanical extension assist which has a progressively acting spring 

combination. 

3R92 with Pneumatic Swing Phase Control 

Has the same brake mechanism as the 3R90. The progressively responding 

knee is designed with flexion and extension damping that can be set 

individually. 

647G113 

Use the 3S107 Foam Cover for the 3R90 and 3R92. 





Distal connection Tube clamp Tube clamp 







Distal system 



8 mm 8 mm 

90 mm 146 mm 


Mobility Grade 1 + 2 2 + 3 


125 kg 

For users with Mobility Grade 1: These knee joints with friction brake 

are contraindicated for patients who are unable to use the brake 

mechanism during the gait cycle, i.e. to lock the knee joint at heel 

contact and to unlock it when the forefoot is loaded. 

3R90 

3R92 

Knee Joints 

Accessories für 3R90 / 3R92 


2R77 Tube Adapter, Stainless steel 

Available in two lengths 



Prosthetic 

Feet 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 



Prostheses 

Adapter 



Knee Joints 


for Children 

3R106 – More Swing for More Mobility 

You can see the changes we made to the new 

generation of 3R106 Modular Knee Joints. 

However, they are more than skin deep. A 

new pneumatic unit – specially adapted to 

Mobility Grade 2 and 3 prosthesis users – 

controls the swing phase even more precisely 

and reliably. Durable and easy to use, the 

weight limit was also increased. And you can 

count on the proven benefits of the polycentric 

design and the wide flexion angle. Four connection 

options make it easy to fit all levels of 

amputations. 



The strengths of the 3R106 

In extended position, the instantaneous center of rotation lies 

clearly above the joint and behind the load line. In this way, 

the polycentric structure reliably stabilizes the knee joint during 

stance phase and provides increased floor clearance 

during swing phase. This in turn enhances the user’s confidence 

in the prosthesis as a whole. 

The wide 170° flexion angle and the light weight offer high 

wearer comfort for riding bikes, getting into cars, kneeling 

down or sitting. 

And now, even amputees with a body weight up to 100 kg 

can use the 3R106. 

The required tube adapter is included in the delivery of the 

3R106. 

Advantages of the new double-chamber pneumatic unit 

• An expanded range of walking speeds is serviced by the 

improved pneumatic damping – all without increasing the 

componenet‘s height. 

• New swing phase damping properties make it particularly 

easy to initiate swing phase, while a smooth extension stop 

ensures a natural gait with less energy expenditure. 

• Flexion and extension damping are independently adjustable. 

To reduce the resistence of the extension assist, the 

spring can be simply replaced by a weaker one that is also 

included in the delivery. 

Knee Joints 




for Children 




Prostheses 

3R106 

Modular Polycentric Knee Joint 

with Pneumatic Swing Phase Control 

Aluminum 

The improved 3R106 incorporates the new double-chamber pneumatic 

unit, new connection systems, more durability and a higher weight limit. 

Four modular connection options make it easy to fit many levels of amputations: 

Pyramid adapter with lamination anchor for knee disarticulation 

(=KD), threaded top for long residual limbs (= ST) and an angled pyramid 

adapter for hip disarticulation (=HD). 

647H208 

646S1=6.05 

Use 3S107 Foam Cover for 3R106. Fabrication of a customized 

foam cosmesis is possible (see page 238). 

MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

Alignment 


Order no. 3R106 3R106=KD 3R106=ST 3R106=HD* 


Pyramid 

adapter 

Lamination 

anchor 

Threaded 

connector 

Pyramid 

adapter 

(10° inclined) 

Distal connection Tube clamp Tube clamp Tube clamp Tube clamp 

Knee flexion angle 170° 170° 170° 170° 

Weight 760 g 755 g 765 g 790 g 


Proximal system height up 




- 6 mm 16 mm 12 mm - 4 mm 

168 mm 168 mm 168 mm 168 mm 




100 kg 

* It is absolutely necessary to use the specially adapted 3R106=HD version for the fitting of hip disarticulations 

Scope of delivery for 3R106 

All versions of the 3R106 Modular Knee Joint are delivered with the Tube 

Adapter Ø 30 mm and an additional weaker extension assist spring. 




Consists of: 


4 truss head screws 

4 two-hole nuts 



3R60 – EBS* – Test the Best! 

The main goal of prosthetic fittings is to restore 

as much function as possible. We at Otto 

Bock strive to support this goal through intensive 

research and development of modern 

knee joints. 

In the area of knee components, we have accomplished 

a great step in that direction with 

the 3R60 EBS*. 

Get to know the new generation of patented 

3R60 knee which are proving themselves truly 

distinctive. They feature improved EBS* function 

for controlled knee flexion at heel strike 

and a new, efficient, hydraulic swing phase 

control. 

Knee Joints 

* EBS = “Ergonomically Balanced Stride“ 




for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


Knee angle 

Stance phase 

normal limb 

What is the effect of the EBS unit? 

Swing phase 

traditional prosthetic 

knee 

When observing gait, the natural knee flexes at heel strike. 

This basic process forms the basis for the functioning of the 

3R60 EBS Knee Joint. 

Thanks to the unique polycentric joint construction, the 3R60 

delivers controlled, cushioned flexion at heel strike of up to 15° 

before normal knee flexion is initiated (phase B, see graph). 

This individually adjustable stance phase flexion provides additional 

knee stability for the user and considerably reduces 

the load on the residual limb, hip and spine. Walking with the 

prosthesis will be more comfortable and a closer physiological 

approximation of healthy, natural gait. 

How does the EBS unit work? 

MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

A 

B 

C 

1 

ICR 

E 

D 

F F 

2 

With polycentric knee joints, the instantaneous center of rotation 

(ICR) is located at the intersection of the extended 

straight knee axis with the posterior and anterior knee axes 

(Fig. 2). The location of the instantaneous center of rotation 

at heel strike is the key to knee stability. 

Two axial forks connect the upper and lower joint section to 

one another and create a kinematic chain. A pivoting mount 

(Fig. 1, A) joins the lower joint section to the rear axial fork, 

which is also connected to the shock absorbing elements of 

the EBS unit (Fig. 1, B and C). 

The multiaxial action of the joint is composed of rotary and 

gliding movements. At heel strike, the proximal joint sections 

swing posteriorly around the lower axes (Fig. 2, D). The instantaneous 

center of rotation (ICR) varies with the flexion position. 

With increasing stance phase flexion, additional stability 

of the prosthesis is achieved by shifting the center of rotation 

posteriorly and proximally behind the load line (Fig. 2, F). 

In comparison to ordinary prosthetic knee joints, the knee 

stability of the prosthesis is significantly increased with knee 

flexion. 

3 

The blue elastomer bumper (Fig. 1, B) of the EBS unit is compressed 

during the flexion process, and the pivoting mount 

moves upward (Fig. 2, E). The resistance of the EBS unit is 

continuously adjustable and can be set for the weight and activity 

level of the patient. The movement of the pivoting mount 

serves as a visual control for measuring the efficiency of the 

EBS function (Fig. 3). 

An integrated hydraulic system accentuates the EBS effect 

and provides a very important cushioning during stance phase 

extension. 



Other advantages 

4 5 

6 

• The hydraulic resistance for swing phase control can be set 

independently (Fig. 4). Optimized damping values are based 

on gait analysis data. They support a smooth transition into 

the swing phase and provide the user with a greater range 

of walking speeds. 

• Improved EBS function, individually adaptable to the weight 

and activity level of the patient (Fig. 5), ensures significantly 

more comfort and stability in everyday life. The 5-axis design 

of the 3R60, in combination with the EBS function, makes 

it easy – unlike conventional multiaxis joints – to walk on 

uneven terrain and slightly inclined surfaces. The polycentric 

structure ensures increased floor clearance during the 

swing phase. 

• The large flexion angle of up to 175° (Fig. 6), damped by 

the EBS unit starting of approx. 155°, helps to master the 

obstacles of everyday life. The weight and system height 

were reduced, while increasing the maximum user weight 

to 125 kg. 

3R60 

Aluminum 

Modular Polycentric EBS Knee Joint 

with Hydraulic Swing Phase Control 

Comfort and stability are ensured by the unique characteristic of the EBS 

(Ergonomically Balanced Stride) unit which simulates the biomechanics of 

natural gait. Available with four different connections. 

647G167 

646S1=24.04 

Use 3S107 Foam Cover for the 3R60. Fabrication of a customized 


Knee Joints 

Order no. 3R60 3R60=KD 3R60=ST 3R60=HD* 


Pyramid 

adapter 

Lamination 

anchor 

Threaded 

connector 



Distal connection Pyramid adapter Pyramid adapter Pyramid adapter Pyramid adapter 

Knee flexion angle 175° 145° 125° 175° 

Weight 845 g 940 g 845 g 880 g 






- 2 mm 20 mm 16 mm 1 mm 

173 mm 173 mm 173 mm 173 mm 




125 kg 

* It is absolutely necessary to use the specially adapted 3R60=HD version for the fitting of hip disarticulations 



for Children 




Prostheses 


Knee Joints 

Adapter 

MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Alignment 




EBS pro Knee Joint 

The Ergonomically Balanced Stride feature – known from the 3R60 – has been advanced and 

shows new qualities with the EBS pro . 

Knee Joints 




for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

EBS pro 

How does the EBS pro work? 

a 

b 

1 

2 

3R60 

The mechanical principle of the EBS pro is based on the proven 

3R60 Knee Joint. 

The polycentric joint has five axes that are arranged to form 

a ring. The anterior axis chain is designed like a conventional 

four-axis joint, but the posterior linkage bar is interrupted by 

an additional pivot point (Fig. 1). In this way, the patented 

design allows for two different modes of operation: the 

swing phase mode and the stance phase flexion mode. Two 

specially configured miniature hydraulic units (Fig. 2, a+b) 

control the two modes. Outstanding performance during the 

stance phase is the key feature of the 3R60. The EBS pro Knee 

Joint uses this proven technology as a basis. 

The spring and hydraulics combination in the stance phase 

flexion mode is individually adjustable and can be precisely 

adapted to suit the requirements of the prosthesis wearer. 

Thanks to the progressivity of the EBS resistance – realised 

with an autoadaptive EBS unit – for the first time, the 

effectiveness can adapt itself over a large range of walking 

speeds. 

Flexion is progressively limited with increasing walking speed. 

As the walking speed decreases, less damping resistance takes 

effect ensuring more stance phase flexion (Fig. 3). In this way, 

this important function adapts to different everyday situations. 

For the prosthesis wearer, this means increased safety and 

comfort, as well as a highly natural gait pattern. 

The advantages of stance phase fl exion at a glance 

• The patented design allows controlled stance phase flexion 

of up to 15° and thus comfortable walking with high safety 

even on uneven ground and on inclines of up to 10°. 

• The progressive damping of stance phase flexion as well 

as stance phase extension provides for harmonious, natural 

movements while bearing weight. 

• Possible for the first time: adaptation of stance phase 

flexion to different everyday situations. 

• The EBS pro function provides stress reduction for both 

extremities. In addition, it provides reduction of the forces 

acting upon the residual limb, pelvis, and spine, as well as 

close approximation to a sound, natural gait pattern. 

• The 5-axis design provides greater protection in high-risk 

situations: the wearer can always flex the joint in controlled 

manner without delay or prior full extension, so there is less 

risk of falling than with geometrically locking knee joints. 

Walking speed 

3 



Other features 

• Easy initiation of the swing phase and progressive damping 

to control the pendulum motion of the lower leg 

• Low weight and very large flexion angle of 175° for greater 

freedom of movement 

• Adjustment of prosthetic alignment using movable pyramid 

adapter, to adapt to flexion contractures, for example 

• All amputation levels can be fitted thanks to individual connectors 

• Attractive and natural cosmetic appearance 

EBS pro 

Aluminum 

EBS pro Modular Polycentric Knee Joint with Hydraulic 

Swing Phase Control 

Comfort and safety are ensured by the unique characteristic of the 

advanced Ergonomically Balanced Stride unit EBS pro which simulates the 

biomechanis of natural gait. Available with four different connections. 

647G381 

646D303 

Use 3R107 Foam Cover for the EBS pro . Fabrication of a customized 


Knee Joints 

Order no. 3R60-Pro 3R60-Pro=KD 3R60-Pro=ST 3R60-Pro=HD* 



(movable) 

Lamination 

anchor 

Threaded 

connector 



Distal connection Pyramid adapter Pyramid adapter Pyramid adapter Pyramid adapter 

Knee fl exion angle 175° 145° 125° 175° 

Weight 770 g 840 g 750 g 770 g 




Distale Systemhöhe 

bis Aufbaubezugspunkt 

2 mm 21 mm 17 mm 2 mm 

148 mm 148 mm 148 mm 148 mm 




75 kg 

* It is absolutely necessary to use the specially adapted 3R60-Pro=HD version for the fitting of hip disarticulations 


Mobility Grades 3 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

3R72 


with Pneumatic Swing Phase Control 

Aluminum 

The 3R72 offers the advantages of a polycentric knee with pneumatic 

swing phase control. A balance between stability and dynamics increases 

wearing comfort and produces a more natural gait. Linkage bars create 

a kinematic chain so that at full extension, the instantaneous center of 

rotation is located proximally and dorsally and creates stability during the 

stance phase. 

The extension and flexion damping resistance can be set to control swing 

phase. Reversing action of the extension assist occurs at 115°. 

647H200 

Use 3S107 Foam Cover for the 3R72. Fabrication of a 

customized foam cosmesis is possible (see page 238). 

Order no. 



3R72 


Weight 

System height 




Distal system 



Material 




Tube clamp 

790 g 

191 mm 

2 mm 

189 mm 

Aluminum 

100 kg 

Knee Joints 

Scope of Delivery for 3R72 

The 3R72 is delivered with the Ø 30 mm 2R38 Tube Adapter. 



Consists of: 


1 protective cap 

2 safety plate 

2 oval head countersunk screws 

1 cap screw 

1 clamping bolt 

1 clamping bolt with inner thread 




3R80 – New Generation, New Features 

10 years of experience lead to another step 

ahead. This step can be slow and gentle, but 

also dynamic and powerful, since the unique 

principle of the 3R80 rotary hydraulics has 

been developed further and offers amazing 

improvements in terms of serviceability, area 

of application, safety, and wearer comfort. 

You decide – the new 3R80 makes it happen! 

Knee Joints 




for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


3R80 – Technology 

New Pizzazz 

A fundamental revision of the hydraulic swing phase control 

creates a whole new feeling for the wearer. The significant 

reduction in the amount of force required to initiate the swing 

phase and new, progressive damping result in greater 

freedom of movement. The level of resistance can be easily 

adapted to the requirements of the user, and enables variable 

knee flexion under load up to 4° while bouncing, and more 

than 4° while yielding. 

Whether it is a relaxed stroll through the city or a brisk 

walk to the next appointment: The new 3R80 controls low, 

medium, and even brisk walking speeds in a significantly 

more harmonic manner. The 3R80 easily adapts to changes 

in walking speed while making extremely natural movement 

patterns possible. 

MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

A Confi dent Step 

Amputees must be able to rely on their prosthesis, especially 

in the stance phase. The rotary hydraulics of the 3R80 

responds to the ground reaction forces in the stance phase 

at every step. It builds up hydraulic resistance which prevents 

involuntary flexion of the joint. 

The 3R80 principle is particularly advantageous on uneven 

surfaces, on slopes, and when walking down stairs, and thus 

boosts the confidence of the prosthesis wearer. 

Optimized Adjustments 

The 3R80 offers you 4 optimized adjustment options for 

stance phase and swing phase control. As usual, the flexion 

and extension resistance can be adjusted easily and independently. 

Optimal adjustment values for stance phase 

damping and response behaviour are achieved by gradually 

turning the adjustment rings. 

An additional spring can be integrated very easily in order 

to increase the extension assist force if required. The spring, 

adjustment aid, and required tube adapter are already 

included in the scope of delivery. 

Design study 



3R80 

Aluminum 

Modular Single Axis Knee Joint with Rotary Hydraulic 

With patent-protected, hydraulic control principle for stance and swing 

phase. 

647G403 (Instructions for Use) 

647H515 (Quickstart) 

646S1=8.07 

Use 3R107 Foam Cover for the 3R80. 



Order no. 



3R80 


Weight 

System height 

Proximal system height 

up to alignment reference 

point 



point 

Material 


Tube clamp 

1225 g 

163 mm 

28 mm 

135 mm 

Aluminum 



125 kg 

Scope of delivery for 3R80 

The 3R80 is delivered with the ⌀ 34 mm 2R58 Tube Adapter. 

Knee Joints 



2R77 Tube Adapter -stainless steel- 

2R58 Tube Adapter -titanium- 



Prosthetic 

Feet 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 


Adapter 


Prostheses 

Knee Joints 




for Children 

3R95 – Reduced to the Maximum 

The modular lightweight 3R95 Knee Joint 

is very small, light and dynamic. It distinguishes 

itself through its light weight as well as 

a compact design that also enhances its visual 

appearance. A newly developed, powerful 

miniature hydraulic unit produces dynamic 

resistances to movement and promotes the 

mobility of active users. The flexion angle is 

automatically reduced by the system at high 

walking speeds. 

Especially in combination with dynamic prosthetic 

feet, the small 3R95 “power package“ 

gives users a boost to live their lives actively! 



The flexion and extension resistances for swing phase control 

can be adjusted separately and precisely with the scale 

on the joint. 

The linkage design allows powerful resistance even with a 

high degree of knee flexion. The extension resistance can 

be set to a low value, for hydraulic damping that ensures a 

smooth transition. 

Stance phase stability is achieved through posterior placement 

of the joint and the individual‘s musculature. 

3R95 / 3R95=1 

Aluminum 



Smaller and lighter, the 3R95 has an upgraded dynamic hydraulic unit for 

swing phase control. In addition, the 3R95=1 is specially adapted for prosthesis 

users with a body weight below 75 kg. The hydraulic unit is preset 

to lower pendulum weights and lengths in comparison to the 3R95 and the 

joint has a dorsal recess to allow for a larger flexion angle. 

647G257 

646S1=7.04 

Use Foam Cover 3R24 or 3S124 for 3R95/3R95=1. 



Order no. 3R95 3R95=1 










6 mm 6 mm 

56 mm 56 mm 




≤ 150 kg 

3R95 

3R95=1 

Knee Joints 

Single components for 3R95 and 3R95=1 


4D17 Single component Pack for 3R95 and 3R95=1 

Consists of: 






for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Knee Joints 

Adapter 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

3R55 



Titanium 

Stance phase stability is achieved through polycentric kinematics. Swing 

phase is controlled by the built-in hydraulic cylinder. Flexion and extension 

resistance are independently adjustable. 

647H30 

Use Foam Cover 3R6 or 3S106 for 3R55. 



Order no. 



3R55 


Weight 

System height 




Distal system 



Material 



720 g 

90 mm 

9 mm 

81 mm 

Titanium 



125 kg 



Consists of: 

2 knee stops 

1 damper protection 

2 attachment nipples, short 

1 attachment nipple, long 

4 slotted bushings 

4 Belleville spring washers 

2 lock rings 

2 lock nuts 




Modular Knee Joints for Disarticulations 

This section features modular knee joints that 

were designed solely for knee disarticulations. 

You will find KD joint versions that are 

also offered with pyramid adapters (3R60, 

3R106, C-Leg® product line) by using our 

quick selection aid on page 142. 

3R32 / 3R23 


for Knee Disarticulation with Lock 

Designed with a pyramid adapter, the detachable lamination anchor 

connects the knee to the socket. The adjustable lock secures the knee in 

extension. The lock is released using the lock cable. 

647H20 

Use 6R6 (3R6) Foam Covers for 3R32 and 3R23. 


(see page 235f). 


Proximal connection Lamination anchor Lamination anchor 








Distal system 



17 mm 17 mm 

82 mm 82 mm 




125 kg 

Knee Joints 

Accessories for 3R32 and 3R23 


4F34 Lock Unit Control 

Can be used both left and right; adjustable for push and pull. 

Can be used in place of the 4F18 Lock Handle. 




Consists of: 



2 lock rings 

1 set screw 

2 lock nuts 

2 knee stops 






for Children 



MOBIS® 

Knee Joints 

Adapter 


Prostheses 

Alignment 


Prosthetic 

Feet 

3R30 / 3R21 

Modular Polycentric Knee Joint for Knee Disarticulation 

with Mechanical Extension Assist 

Stance phase stability is achieved through polycentric kinematics. The 

detachable lamination anchor connects the knee to the socket. The spring 

extension assist and axial friction are both continuously adjustable. 

647G44 

Use 6R6 (3R6) Foam Covers for 3R30 and 3R21. 




Proximal connection Lamination anchor Lamination anchor 








Distal system 



17 mm 17 mm 

82 mm 82 mm 




125 kg 




Consists of: 



1 set screw 

2 lock rings 

2 lock nuts 

2 knee stops 

1 extension assist spring 

1 bearing for extension assist 

1 guide for extension assist 

1 plastic guide 

1 knob for extension assist 





3R46 

Titanium 

Modular Polycentric Knee Joint for Knee Disarticulation 


Designed with a pyramid adapter, the detachable lamination anchor 

connects the knee to the socket. Stance phase stability is achieved through 

polycentric kinematics. Swing phase is controlled by the built-in hydraulic 

unit. Flexion and extension resistance are independently adjustable. 

647G94 

Use 6R6 (3R6) Foam Cover for 3R46. 



Order no. 



3R46 


Weight 

System height 




Distal system 



Material 

Lamination anchor 


740 g 

99 mm 

17 mm 

82 mm 

Titanium 



125 kg 

Knee Joints 




Consists of: 

2 knee stops 



1 damper protection 

2 attachment nipples, short 

1 attachment nipple, long 



1 set screw 

2 lock rings 

2 lock nuts 


C-Leg® Product Line 

170



The C-Leg® Product Line is synonymous with innovation in lower extremity 

prosthetics. Since 1997, the first completely microprocessor-controlled leg 

prosthesis system – the C-Leg® – has been delivering incomparably high stability, 

function, and active response to the user’s needs. It adapts automatically in real 

time to the demands of the user and provides him/her with improved mobility. 

More than 16,000 people worldwide benefit daily from the many advantages of 

the C-Leg®. 

The latest generation of the C-Leg® has added unique functions: Prosthesis 

users can adjust the joint themselves with a Wireless Remote Control to adapt it 

to their particular activity. Additional modes and improved service and warranty 

are also provided. 

With the C-Leg®compact, the range of application for C-Leg® technology is 

broadened by making the proven advantages of electronic control available 

to amputees of Mobility Grade 2 (restricted outdoor walkers) and up. The 

C-Leg®compact is suited primarily for people who require an especially high 

degree of stability. 

C-Leg® and C-Leg®compact – progress with design. 

Knee Joints 


C-Leg® 

MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Alignment 


Adapter 


Prostheses 

Knee Joints 




for Children 

The New C-Leg®. No Compromises. 

The C-Leg® is the first prosthetic leg system 

worldwide with fully microprocessor-controlled 

stance and swing phase. It measures the anterior 

and posterior flexion moment in the ankle 

area as well as the flexion angle and flexion 

speed of the knee joint. Strain gauges 

in the tube adapter and a knee angle sensor 

transmit the measurement data to the microprocessors, 

which then calculate the appropriate 

levels of resistance. Servo motors open 

and close hydraulic valves to provide flexion 

and extension damping. This innovative technology 

allows the C-Leg® to adapt in real time 

to the activities and individual safety requirements 

of the wearer. 

The latest generation of the C-Leg® lets users 

adjust the knee joint through a Wireless Remote 

control and adapt the knee‘s settings to 

their current activity. An additional functional 

mode was added and can also be activated 

and deactivated through remote control. 

Fitting by an Otto Bock – qualified Prosthetist 

is key to ensuring the C-Leg® user achieves 

maximum benefit . A prerequisite for providing 

qualified fittings is the participation in an Otto 

Bock education course. For more information, 

please contact Customer Service. 

Information: 

646A221=GB 

646B33=GB 

C-Leg® and C-Leg®compact 

Brochure 

C-Leg® Studies 

647H215=D/GB/F/E Instructions for Use 

646D61=D/GB/F/E Information for Prosthesis 

Users 

646A231=GB 

Information for Orthopedic 

Technicians 

For order information please see the annex, 

(pages 269ff). 


C-Leg® 

C-Leg® Knee Joint with Wireless Remote Control 

Carbon 

Order no. 3C98-1 3C88-1 

Proximal connection Pyramid adapter Threaded connector 


Weight 1143 g 1147 g 





Distal system 



5 mm 23 mm 

191 mm 191 mm 


Material Carbon Carbon 



125 kg 

Fabrication of a customized foam cosmesis is possible. 

C-Leg® Tube Adapter 


Article no. = Length 

2R80 = 120 

Aluminum 

Please use the “Easy Choice” Tube Selection Wheel (4X77=GB) for the 

selection of the suitable length. 

Knee Joints 

Article no. 2R80 (Standard) 2R81 (Torsion unit) 

Length 110 mm 120 mm 160 mm 200 mm 240 mm 160 mm 200 mm 240 mm 

Weight 178 g 188 g 212 g 234 g 256 g 438 g 460 g 482 g 

Length 110 

Min. system height 147 mm 157 mm 197 mm 237 mm 277 mm 197 mm 237 mm 277 mm 

Max. system height 197 mm 207 mm 247 mm 287 mm 327 mm 247 mm 287 mm 327 mm 

Material Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum 


Lengths 

120 – 240 

Special Editions 

646B33=GB 

646D71=GB 

Studies for C-Leg®. A compact literature overview 

C-Leg® – A new system for fitting transfemoral amputees 


C-Leg®compact 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 


Prosthetic 

Feet 


Prostheses 

Adapter 



Knee Joints 


for Children 

The C-Leg®compact prosthetic leg system 

was specially designed for transfemoral amputees 

with limited mobility such as elderly 

people with low walking speed or prosthesis 

users who require a high degree of stability. 

Now patients with Mobility Grade 2 and higher 

– restricted outdoor walkers – can also 

benefit from the proven advantages of electronic 

control. 

High stability was the priority when developing 

the C-Leg®compact. Electronically controlled 

hydraulic stance phase stability is permanently 

active, whether sitting down or walking on 

uneven ground, walking down stairs or on a 

slope. It stabilizes the joint at heel strike until 

the precise switch to the mechatronically controlled 

swing phase. 

Fitting by an Otto Bock – qualified Prosthetist 

is key to ensuring the C-Leg® user achieves 

maximum benefit . A prerequisite for providing 


qualified fittings is the participation in an Otto 

Bock education course. For more information, 

please contact Customer Service. 

Information: 

646A221=GB C-Leg® and 

C-Leg®compact Brochure 

647G170=GB Instructions for Use 

646D179=GB Information for Prosthesis Users 

646A231=GB Information for Orthopedic 

Technicians 

For order information please see the appendix, 

(pages 269ff). 



C-Leg®compact Knee Joint 

Carbon 

Order no. 3C96 3C86 

Proximal connection Pyramid adapter Threaded connector 


Weight 1215 g 1219 g 





Distal system 



5 mm 23 mm 

191 mm 191 mm 


Material Carbon Carbon 



125 kg 

Fabrication of a customized foam cosmesis is possible. 

C-Leg® Tube Adapter 



2R80 = 120 

Aluminum 

Please use the Easy Choice Tube Adapter Selection Wheel (4X77=GB) to 

select the suitable length. 

Knee Joints 

Article no. 2R80 (Standard) 2R81 (Torsion unit) 

Length 110 mm 120 mm 160 mm 200 mm 240 mm 160 mm 200 mm 240 mm 

Weight 178 g 188 g 212 g 234 g 256 g 438 g 460 g 482 g 

Min. system height 147 mm 157 mm 197 mm 237 mm 277 mm 197 mm 237 mm 277 mm 

Max. system height 197 mm 207 mm 247 mm 287 mm 327 mm 247 mm 287 mm 327 mm 

Material Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum 


Length 110 

Lengths 

120 – 240 


C-Leg® Protector 

Alignment 



Prostheses 



MOBIS® 


for Children 

C-Leg® Protector: Combining Aesthetics with Function 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

The C-Leg® Protector is the perfect accessory 

for users of the C-Leg® and C-Leg®compact 

who participate fully in life and like to take on 

challenges. The C-Leg® Protector has a special 

coating that helps protect the knee joint 

from scratches and jolts – and even makes 

kneeling easier and m more comfortable. 

At the same time, the C-Leg® Protector is a 

must for fashion-conscious and self-confident 

prosthesis wearers who don‘t want a foam 

cover or other cosmesis for their C-Leg® or 

C-Leg®compact. The C-Leg® Protector’s transparent, 

elegant design shows off the unique 

design of the knee joint and is available in 

three color options. The C-Leg® Protector 

shapes the calf area without compromising 

the function of the knee joint. 

The accessory can be fitted quickly and easily 

by a prosthetic technician and fits either the 

left or right side. Prosthesis users can then 

don, doff and clean the C-Leg® Protector by 

themselves. 

C-Leg® Protector 

Plastic 

647H506 

Order no. 4X160=1.2 4X160=5.6 

Weight ≤ 330 g ≤ 330 g 

Color dolphin blue 

Material Plastic Plastic 

Service and Spare Parts Sets for the C-Leg® Protector 


4X177 Protector Connection Set 

Consists of: 2 calf connectors, 1 charging plug cover, 1 ankle connector 

4X178 Protector Tube Set 

Consists of: 1 tube protector, 1 holding ring (long), 1 holding ring (short), 1× sock band 

4X202 Silicone strap for C-Leg Protector 


C-Soft and BionicLink 

C-Soft 

4X180 C-Soft – Autoadaptive Software 

for setting C-Leg® and C-Leg®compact 

All adjustments of the knee joint – from zero setting to 2nd mode – are 

easily done by following a menu-guided process. Clear instructions outline 

and illustrate the individual adjustment steps. 

During fine-tuning of the maximum load, C-Soft suggests adjustment 

values that are based on the software‘s data analysis. The clinician can 

either accept these values or adjust them individually. Afterwards, all 

adjustment data can be saved, printed for documentation purposes or 

reloaded into a knee joint. The data will always be available for reference. 

The additional expert mode gives experienced users of the Sliders software 

an easy way to make a quick adjustment on one screen. 

Adjustments can be made with either the new, wireless Bluetooth 

technology of BionicLink (60X3) and the BionicLink PC(60X4) or with a 

conventional cable connection (4X83). 

647G268 

BionicLink 

60X3 BionicLink 

for connection to C-Leg® or C-Leg®compact 

60X4 BionicLink PC 

for connection to the computer (USB-Bluetooth adapter) 

With the BionicLink Otto Bock introduces the convenience of Bluetooth 

technology to C-Leg® or C-Leg®compact users. Now prosthesis users 

can move more freely while adjustments are made, since the need for a 

cable is eliminated. Thanks to Bluetooth technology, Prosthetists can 

concentrate fully on the setting process and on checking the gait pattern. 

The BionicLink is used together with autoadaptive C-Soft software. The 

60X4 USB-Bluetooth Adapter is absolutely necessary for using the 

60X3 BionicLink because the performance of a conventional Bluetooth 

receiver is not sufficient. 

647H192 

Knee Joints 


Customized Fitting Packages 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

You can now custom-assemble the entire 

system, from the socket connector to the 

foot, by selecting from the adjacent system 

overview. The items from the C-Leg® Product 

Line will be configured to create a customized 

fitting package. The former numbering 

system for the C-Leg® fitting package 

no longer applies. However, the C-Leg® and 

C-Leg®compact continue to be available separately 

as prosthetic leg systems. 

In each case you must select 

• at least one adapter, 

• the desired knee joint, 

• the corresponding tube adapter in the 

required length, with or without a torsion 

unit, 

• a suitable foot, 

• the preferred cosmesis 

• and battery charger and AC adapter. 

All components are provided in a case - with 

the exception of the foot and the cosmesis. 

Additional components such as hardware and 

software, other accessories, or an extended 

warranty (only for C-Leg®) are available options 

that can be ordered separately. 

Please use the fax order form at the back of 

this catalog (see pages 269ff.) to order your 

customized fitting package. 

Customized Fitting Packages 

Prosthetic foot 

Adapter 

Tube adapter 

C-Leg® knee joint 


System Overview of the C-Leg® Product Line 

Adapter 

4R104=60 

4R104=75 

4R57 

4R57=ST 

4R41 

4R43 

4R89 

4R111=N 

4R111 

4R116 

4R40 

4R118 

757L16-2 

4E50-2 

Battery charger / AC adapter 

with pyramid adapter 

with threaded connector 

C-Leg® knee joint 

4X160=1.2 

3C98-1 

C-Leg® 

3C96 


Tube adapter 

3C88-1 

C-Leg® 

3C86 


Tube adapter 

with torsion unit 

Cosmesis / Protector 

4X160=5.6 

Tube adapter 

...=100 ( ≤ 100 kg) 

...=120 

...=160 

...=200 

2R80= ... 

...=240 

...=160 

...=200 

2R81= ... 

...=240 

3S26 

Cosmesis 

(no illustr.) 

3R59 

Customized 

cosmesis 

(no illustr.) 

Knee Joints 

Prosthetic foot 

1C40 

1C30 

1E56 

1D35 

1E57 

1A30 

4X180 

C-Soft 

C-Soft / BionicLink 

1D10 

60X3 BionicLink 

60X4 BionicLink PC 


C-Leg® Product Line: Accessories 


for Children 



AC Adapter / Battery Charger 

1 

2 

757L16-2 AC Adapter (1) 

4E50-2 Battery Charger (2) 

For C-Leg® and C-Leg® compact 



Prostheses 

Alignment 


Car Charger Cable 

4X74 12 V Car Charger Cable for 4E50-2 

Together with the 4E50 Battery Charger, the 4X74 cable charges the 

Li-lo battery while on the road with a conventional 12V connector 

(e.g. a car cigarette lighter). 

MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Charger Extension Cable 

4X78 Charger Extension Cable 

4X79 Plug Holder for Charger Extension Cable 

If the foam cover prevents the charger cable from being plugged in, 

the charger extension cable and plug holder ensure an easier charging 

process when added to the distal end of the tube adapter. 

647H370 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

PC interface with USB Connection Cable 

4X83=430-USB PC Interface with 

USB Connection Cable 

Instead of using the BionicLink for a wireless connection of the computer 

and the knee joint, you can also use a USB cable. 

647H481 

Tube Adapter Selection Plate 

4X77=GB EasyChoice Tube Adapter Selection Wheel for 

C-Leg® and C-Leg®compact 

The selection chart makes it possible for you to quickly determine the tube 

adapter length for the C-Leg® and C-Leg®compact based on foot size 

and knee-floor distance. 

Single component 


4X73 Plug Protector for C-Leg® 


C-Leg® Product Line: Warranty and Service Concept 

1st service 

(24 months) 

2nd service 

(48 months) 

36 month warranty 

C-Leg® 


C-Leg® 



1st year 2nd year 3rd year 4th year 5th year 

Free service 

Service with charge 

Warranty and Service 

The Otto Bock warranty for products from the 

C-Leg® Product Line is valid only if the product 

has been serviced according to the recommended 

service intervals. Each service includes 

inspection, replacement of worn parts 

and, if need be, repair of the hydraulic, electronic 

and mechanical units. 

The systems are delivered with a “Service 

Card“ that offers a quick overview of service 

check-up dates in table form. 

C-Leg® 

Otto Bock will provide an interim joint system 

for each service. Orthopedic technicians 

merely have to order the appropriate interim 

joint system with the corresponding tube adapter. 

After replacing the patient’s joint system 

with the interim joint system, the orthopedic 

technician sends the to-be-repaired 

system to Otto Bock HealthCare for service. 

Prosthesis users thus remain mobile for the 

entire time and enjoy all the advantages of 

their customary regular knee joint system at 

all times. 

Knee Joints 

The service and warranty concept for the C-Leg® was optimized on the basis of ten years of experience and over 

16,000 fittings. Service is now required only every 24 months. Otto Bock Healthcare GmbH assumes a 3-year 

warranty if the free 24-month service is performed. A 5-year warranty can also be purchased of the C-Leg® 

prosthetic leg system. The latter warranty is valid only if the free service is performed after 24 and 48 months. 


The C-Leg®compact must be serviced every 24 months. The C-Leg®compact warranty is valid for 3 years. 

The warranty is only valid if the free service is performed every 24 months. 

Information: 

C-Leg® – Service Card 646D241=GB 

C-Leg®compact – Service Card 646D201=GB 

For more information about the service procedure, please consult the 646K71=GB Service Catalog. 


Modular Hip Joints 

182



Fittings of various types of hip amputations, such as intertrochanteric amputation, 

hip disarticulation and hemipelvectomy amputations, were significantly improved 

with our modular systems. Nevertheless, the fabrication and fitting of a prosthesis 

for these amputation levels still remains one of the great challenges in orthopedics. 

Prosthetic hip components are offered for Mobility Grades 1 to 3. 

Please see pages 48 and 49 for an overview of combinations with appropriate 

knee and foot components. 

Hip Joints 




for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

7E5 

Modular Single Axis Hip Joint, with Lock 

Aluminum 

The hip joint is screwed to the socket lamination plate with the double 

hinged plate. The built-in lock automatically secures the joint in extended 

position. For sitting, it can be disengaged using a lever. 

Flexion and extension are adjusted by sliding the extension stop bumper 

on the tube. Hip rotation is adjustable. 

647H466 


Article no. = Side 

7E5 = L 

Article no. 

Sides 


7E5 

Flexion angle 120° 

Weight 



Material 




Tube Ø 30 mm 

890 g 

170 mm 

360 mm 

Aluminum 

100 kg 

7E4 

Aluminum 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

Hip Joints 

Modular Single Axis Hip Joint, with Extension Assist 

Largely identical to the 7E5 Modular Hip Joint. Instead of the lock, the joint 

has an extension assist with lateral latex bands for stride control and a 

built-in adjustable extension stop bumper. The extension assist limits the 

range of motion of the joint while walking. 

647H466 

Order no. 


7E4 


Weight 



Material 



Tube Ø 30 mm 

940 g 

170 mm 

360 mm 

Aluminum 

100 kg 

Single components for 7E5 and 7E4 

7D5 Single component pack for 7E5 

Consists of: 

4 lock rings, 1 wire bow with roller, 

1 stop, 4 countersunk head screws, 

2 spring guide pins, 1 complete support plate 



Consists of: 

4 lock rings, 1 lower suspension, 

1 wire bow with roller, 1 upper suspension, 

1 stop, 2 hip extension devices, 

4 countersunk head screws, 1 complete support plate 



7E7 

Aluminum 

Modular Single Axis Hip Joint, with Internal Extension 

Assist 

The upper section of the hip joint is screwed to the lamination plate in the 

socket and connected to the lower joint section through the hip‘s axis. The 

continuously adjustable extension assist is located in the lower section of 

the joint and limits the range of motion while walking. The joint features a 

low structural height (= laminate thickness), which minimizes the pelvic tilt 

in the seated position. Abduction/adduction, flexion/extension and rotation 

can be continuously adjusted. 

The joint is delivered with a 7Z58 Lamination Dummy. 

647G130 

Order no. 


7E7 


Weight 



Material 

Tube Ø 30 mm 

875 g 

95 mm 

360 mm 

Aluminum 



100 kg 

Accessories for 7E5 / 7E4 and 7E7 


Tube Clamp Adapter, Titanium, Ø 30 mm, 

Angled at 10°/20°/30° 

The adapter is available with three angles. 

It establishes the connection between the pyramid adapter in the knee joint 

and the tube of the anteriorly located hip joint. 

Order no. 4R56 4R56=1 4R56=2 

Weight 85 g 85 g 100g 



100 kg 

Angle 10° 20° 30° 

For larger pelvic sockets, the 4R56=1/=2 Tube Clamp Adapter, 

angled at 20°/30°, is recommended. Please note the 10° angle of 

the pyramid adapter when using “=HD” knee joints. 

Hip Joints 

647H9 

4R32 Finishing Kit for Modular Hip Disarticulation Prostheses 

The finishing kit attaches the foam connection plate to the pelvic socket. It is 

a functional part of Otto Bock modular hip joints. 

Consists of: 

2 connection straps with rings, 2 distal anchor rings, 2 wedges, 1 Thermo- 

Lyn® polyethylene strip (as lamination template), 1 (pair) Perlon stockinettes, 

beige, size 3 

Single components for 7E7 



Consists of: 

1 tappet, 1 guide bushing, 1 extension assist spring, 1 safety plate, 1 oval countersunk head screw, 1 stop, 

2 cap screws (M8 thread), 1 cap screw (M5 thread), 1 lock ring, 1 protective sleeve (plastic) 


Socket Technologies 

186



We understand that your patients are different. 

But all of them rely on your prosthesis every step of the way. It‘s not just a desire – 

it is a necessity. 

Satisfying this need is our goal in Socket Technologies – the science of defining 

the correct material and suspension method to provide maximum protection and 

performance. 

We understand the unique benefits of different liner materials. That is why Otto 

Bock offers you a material choice in prosthetic liners to fit your patient’s individual 

needs. Our liner portfolio includes products made from silicone, copolymer and 

polyurethane with off-the-shelf convenience and Custom manufacturing. These liners 

work in unison with our suspension methods. 

And, we understand the power of various suspension methods and how the increase 

or decrease in movement affects the prosthetic fit. That is why Otto Bock 

offers you a choice in suspension methods. Whether your patient requires the innovative 

Otto Bock Harmony® System which creates an elevated vacuum between 

the prosthetic socket and liner for maximum suspension and prosthetic 

control or a locking liner and shuttle lock for quick donning and doffing – Socket 

Technologies has it. 

Otto Bock invests in technology that promotes your amputees Quality for Life. 

Let us help you match your patient’s activity level and residual limb conditions with 

materials and suspension methods that provide the best solution to attain you and 

your patient’s desired outcomes. 

Socket 

Technologies 


Silicone Liners 


for Children 




General Information 

• Perform best with a 

shuttle lock 

• Offer high durability 

• Easy to clean 

Indications 

• Residual limbs with 

good soft tissue 

• coverage 

• Low to moderate 

activity levels 

• Use Specific Weight 

Bearing socket design 

Measurement 

example 

4 cm 

Measurement example 

Distal circumference, 

reduced by 1-2 cm 


Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

SiliconGel Liner with Sanitized® 

6Y70 upgrades include a new soft silicone, with a silky skin-friendly internal 

surface, an internal distal elongation reduction system that does not 

interfere with circumferential stretch, an ultra smooth and durable silver 

outer textile and a soft distal cap. 

Sanitized® Silver – a new and effective feature for our 6Y70 SiliconGel 

Liner. The high-tech functionality of antibacterial additives from the brand 

Sanitized® protects your liner against bacterial involvement and thus 

also against bad odors. It preserves the material, improves hygiene, and 

increases the wearing comfort over a long period of time. The 6Y70 

(locking) and 6Y71 (non-locking) are suitable for amputees that require 

a soft silicone in the low to medium activity levels. 


Article no. = Size - Wall thickness 

6Y70 = 280 - 6 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

Hip Joints 

Article no. 6Y70 6Y71 

Connector 


Sizes 

(see distal circumference) 

with distal 

connector 

without distal 

connector 

3 mm (-), 6 mm (6) from approx. 5 mm 

distal tapered to 3 mm proximal / 6 mm 

uniform 

160 mm, 180 mm, 200 mm, 210 mm, 

220 mm, 235 mm, 250 mm, 265 mm, 

280 mm, 300 mm, 320 mm, 340 mm, 

360 mm, 380 mm, 400 mm 

Also available as custom liner (see page 196). 

Socket 

Technologies 



Silicone Liner 

The 6Y40 Silicone Liner is a basic and durable silicone prosthetic liner which 

is offered in both locking (6Y40) and non-locking (6Y41) options. Its thin 

walls are easy to deflect for application and can be used with a donning 

spray (6Y40F18). The locking liner is reinforced to reduce distal elongation 

and piston movement. The 6Y40 Silicone Liners are suitable for amputees 

with good soft tissue coverage in the low to medium activity levels. 



6Y40 = 280 


Connector 


Sizes 


with distal 

connector 


connector 

from approx. 4.5 mm distal tapered to 

2.5 mm proximal 

120 mm, 140 mm, 160 mm, 180 mm, 

200 mm, 210 mm, 220 mm, 235 mm, 

250 mm, 265 mm, 280 mm, 300 mm, 

320 mm, 340 mm, 360 mm, 380 mm, 

400 mm, 420 mm, 450 mm 

Standard Pro Liner 

The 6Y42 Standard Pro Liner is a basic and durable silicone locking 

liner with the added feature of a textile covering for ease of application 

without a donning spray. Its thin walls are easy to deflect. The locking 

liner is reinforced to reduce distal elongation and piston movement. The 

6Y42 Standard Pro Liner is suitable for amputees with good soft tissue 

coverage in the low to medium activity levels. 



6Y42 = 280 

Article no. 


Sizes 


6Y42 



180 mm, 200 mm, 210 mm, 220 mm, 

235 mm, 250 mm, 265 mm, 280 mm, 

300 mm, 320 mm, 340 mm, 360 mm, 

380 mm, 400 mm, 420 mm, 450 mm 

Socket 

Technologies 




for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

TF-Adapt-Liner 

The 6Y80 TF Adapt Liner is a special silicone locking liner used exclusively 

for transfemoral amputees. The unique internal matrix textile eliminates 

elongation or piston movement for added security and control while 

allowing for circumferential stretch. The new silicone improves the suspension 

between the residual limb and the liner delivering stability for every 

step. The 6Y80 TF Adapt Liner is suitable for transfemoral amputees in 

low to moderate activity levels. 



6Y80 = 300 

Article no. 

Connector 


Sizes 


6Y80 

with distal connector 



280 mm, 300 mm, 320 mm, 340 mm, 

360 mm, 380 mm, 400 mm, 420 mm, 

450 mm, 500 mm, 550 mm 


To choose the right size please use our TF Adapt Selection Tool 

646D282. 

Socket 

Technologies 

Hip Joints 

Knee Joints 

Adapter 

Prosthetic 

Feet 


Polyurethane Liners 

Polyurethane-Liners 


Indications 


• Perform best with a oneway 

valve andsealing sleeve 

or Harmony® System 

• Offer excellent protection 

against socketforces 

• Ability to flow maintains 

intimate andcomfortable fit 

• Residual limbs of 

all types; especially 

sensitive, bony and / or 

scarred 

• Low to high activity 

levels 

• Use Total Surface 

Weight Bearing socket 

design 

Measurement 

example 

4 cm 


reduced by 1-2 cm 

TechnoGel® Liner 

The 6Y60 TechnoGel® Liner is a locking liner made from special skinfriendly 

polyurethane with quick flow characteristics providing good 

pressure distribution and high shock absorption. In addition, the outer 

textile is abrasion resistant and its ability to slip on itself aids in application 

and removal. The 6Y60 TechnoGel® Liner is suitable for amputees 

with sensitive residual limbs or limbs with bony protuberances in low to 

moderate activity levels. 



6Y60 = 280 


Connector 


Sizes 


with distal connector 


connector 



160 mm, 180 mm, 200 mm, 210 mm, 

220 mm, 235 mm, 250 mm, 265 mm, 

280 mm, 300 mm, 320 mm, 340 mm, 

360 mm, 380 mm, 400 mm 


Simplicity Liner 

The 6Y520 Simplicity Liner is a basic and effective option made from 

skin-friendly polyurethane. The distal 5cm is thicker for added protection of 

the distal residual limb. It is available with and without a textile cover in 5 

simple sizes. The 6Y520 Simplicity liner is suitable for amputees in the low 

to moderate activity level and is often used with a sealing sleeve and valve. 


Article no. = Size - Outer fabric cover 

6Y520 = 190 - 5 

Socket 

Technologies 


Connector with distal connector without distal connector 


Sizes (see distal 

circumference) 

6 mm uniform 

190 mm, 230 mm, 290 mm, 

330 mm, 400 mm 

Outer fabric cover light blue (5), without outer fabric cover (–) 




for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


Simplicity Tapered Liner 

The 6Y522 Simplicity Tapered liner is an off-the-shelf alternative for vacuum 

system sockets and works well in combination with the 4R144 Harmony® 

pump and 454A7 Harmony® sleeve. The 6Y523 Simplicity Tapered liner 

is ideal for valve system sockets in combination with a one-way valve and 

sealing sleeve. 



6Y522 = 190 


Connector without distal connector without distal connector 




distal end 13 mm; distal circumference 6 mm; 

proximal 3 mm 

190 mm, 210 mm, 230 mm, 250 mm, 

290 mm, 310 mm 

Outer fabric cover without light blue 

MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

Hip Joints 

Profile Liner 

The 6Y510 Profile Liner is an anatomically shaped skin-friendly polyurethane 

liner with flow characteristics providing good pressure distribution and high 

shock absorption. It is designed specifically for transtibial amputees and 

available in three lengths (knee center to distal end 75mm, 125mm, and 

175mm). The 6Y510 Profile liner features a thicker wall in the weight-bearing 

area and a thinner wall outside the socket along with slight flexion for ease 

of knee flexion. The 6Y510 Profile is available with and without a textile cover 

and is suitable for transtibial amputees in low to high activity levels and is 

often used with a sealing sleeve and valve or the Harmony® System. 


Article no. = Size x Residual limb length - Outer fabric cover 

6Y511 = 300 x 125 - 5 


Connector with distal connector without distal connector 


Sizes 


Residual limb length 

approx. 6 mm up to knee center, tapered 

from knee center to 3 mm 

see selection table 

see selection table 

Outer fabric cover light blue (5), without outer fabric cover (–) 

Socket 

Technologies 

Circumference 

4 cm from distal 

175 mm 

200 mm 

210 mm 

225 mm 

235 mm 

250 mm 

260 mm 

275 mm 

285 mm 

300 mm 

310 mm 

325 mm 

Residual limb length from knee center 

75 mm 125 mm 175 mm 



AKquire-Liner 

Developed specifically for TF amputees. The AKquire liner features a very 

thin proximal wall to allow for comfortable liner termination within socket. 



6Y540 = 305 

Article no. 

Connector 


Sizes 


6Y540 

without distal connection 

distal end 5 mm; proximal 3mm 

203 mm, 254 mm, 305 mm, 355 mm, 

405 mm, 457 mm, 508 mm 

Socket 

Technologies 


Copolymer Liners 


for Children 



Copolymer-Liners 


• Perform best with a 

one-way valve andsealing 

sleeve 

• User-friendly and prosthetist-friendly 

• Offer good protection 

against socket forces 

Indications 

• Residual limbs of many 

types; especially dry 

skin 

• Low to moderate 

activity levels 

• Use Total Contact 

socket design 

Measurement 

example 

4 cm 



reduced by one size. 


Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Copolymer-Liner 

The 6Y90 and 6Y92 Copolymer liners are basic,cylindrical shaped, textilecovered 

liners made from a thermo-formable copolymer. The userfriendly 

copolymer has a medical grade mineral oilwhich helps moisturize dry skin 

and contains an antioxidant which traps free radicals and hydroxylgroups. 

The liner protects the patient’s residual limb witha 10mm distal cushion 

pad and a tapered wall thickness of 5.5mm to 3.5mm proximal. The 

Copolymer liners are suitable for amputees in the low to moderate activity 

levels and perform best in a total contact socket design. 

The 6Y90 Copolymer liner works in combination with the 6A30 shuttle 

locks. 

The 6Y92 Copolymer liner is ideal for valve system sockets in combination 

with the 4R140 One-way valve and the 453A2 Derma protection sleeve. 



6Y90 = 200 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 


Connector with distal connector without distal conector 

Distale cap with distal cap without distal cap 




10 mm distal cushion pad; 

wall thickness 5.5 mm to 3.5 mm proximal 

200 mm, 250 mm, 280 mm, 320 mm, 360 mm 

Socket 

Technologies 

Hip Joints 


Custom Liners 

Custom Liners 

Otto Bock understands that your patients are unique with different challenges. Our Custom Liners are an excellent 

solution when a personalized fit is needed. 

Skin-friendly Polyurethane (PUR) Custom Liners 

Our Custom polyurethane liners offer quick flow characteristics providing 

good pressure distribution and high shock absorption which are 

suitable for amputees with sensitive residual limbs or limbs with bony 

protuberances and/or scarring in low to high activity levels. Custom 

Polyurethane liners are mostly used in combination with a sealing sleeve 

and valve or Harmony® System. 

6Y400 Custom PUR Liner from Cast and Measurement Sheet 

6Y400=M Custom PUR Liner from Measurements Only 

6Y414 Harmony® Custom Liner (PUR) – providing the liner features 

which work best with the Harmony System 

6Y416 6Y416 ShapePlus Custom PUR Liner – for challenging 

shapes and sizes, such as scarring; undercuts; knee flexion 

15-35º; large circumferences (≥ 80cm or 31”) or long lengths 

(MPT to distal end ≥ 30cm or 12”) i.e. Symes, Knee Disarticulations, 

etc. 

6Y60=M TechnoGel® Liner per measurements with locking liner 

suspension 

Locking and Non-Locking Silicone Custom Liners 

Our Custom Silicone Liners provide solutions when the situation requires 

locking liner suspension or added durability. The Custom Silicone liners 

range is from Custom versions of our 6Y70 and 6Y80 liners from your 

measurements to highly versatile and durable Custom Silicone House 

fabrication for unique shapes including extreme conical; scarring; multiple 

durometers; undercuts; varied lengths and thicknesses; and possible 

custom coloring for a truly personalized touch. 

6Y70=M 

6Y80=M 

88L 

Custom Silicone Gel Liner from Measurements 

Custom TF Adapt Silicone Liner from Measurements 

Custom Silicone House after cast 

Socket 

Technologies 


Derma Function Accessories 


for Children 



Derma Function Accessories 

This special skin care and protection system for irritated, sensitive skin 

preserves and regenerates the skin’s natural protection and immune 

functions. 

453H10 Derma Clean, 1 packaging 

Gently cleans the skin, prostheses, orthoses and liners 

Contents: 500 ml 


Prostheses 

453H10=1, 1 bottle 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

453H14 Derma Repair, 1 packaging 

Moisturizes and replenishes stressed skin 


453H14=1, 1 bottle 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

453H12 Derma Prevent, 1 packaging 

Helps prevent chafing, reduces perspiration and reduces odor 


453H12=1, 1 bottle 

Knee Joints 

453H30=D Derma Function Accessories 

Bag with 453H10, 453H12 and 453H14. 

Hip Joints 

Socket 

Technologies 

646M453=GB, Derma trial set 

Information: 

646S1=2.04GB Derma Function Accessories Info Sheet 

646D67=GB Derma Patient Folder 


Accessories for Liners 

719S7 Special Scissors for Cutting Synthetic Fabrics 

For cutting fabric-covered liners. The special coating reduces wear to 

create an especially durable surface for cutting. The friction generated by 

the cutting constantly replenishes the ceramic oxide layer. The scissors 

are easy to use, especially for modern, high-performance fabrics, because 

the coating reduces the sliding coefficient. 

756L10 Liner Trimmer 

To trim and slant the proximal end of gel liners in one step. The liner trimmer 

creates a clean edge. 

640F18 Donning Spray 

For Silicone Liners only. 

640F18 45 ml Spray Bottle 

640F18=900 900 ml Refill 

Socket 

Technologies 

Liner Information Material 

646D250=GB Liner Selection Tool 

642C361=GB Touch + Feel Box incl. material samples 

646D257=GB Liner News Flyer 



for Children 




Prostheses 

Harmony® System 

Socket 

Technologies 

Hip Joints 

Knee Joints 

Adapter 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 





The Harmony® System uses a pump and a 

one-way valve to effectively create vacuum 

between the socket and liner. With every step 

of the mechanical pumps or by the control of 

a pressure sensor in the electronical pump, 

the system is activated and maintains the required 

vacuum to control the volume of the residual 

limb while improving circulation. 

Shock absorbtion and torsion control add extra 

function to the mechanical pumps. Better 

suspension improves proprioception, allowing 

the user to feel more connected to their environment 

and improving security in everyday 

life. The Harmony® System is used with either 

a standard or a custom polyurethane liner depending 

on the residual limb conditions. 

Certification is required to fit the Harmony® 

System. For more information, please contact 

your local Otto Bock facility. 

Information: 

646A194=GB (Folder Liner-Program) 

646S1=4.04GB (Harmony® Info Sheet) 

646A211=GB (Harmony® Patient Folder) 

646A216=GB (Harmony® Technician Folder) 

646D277=GB (Harmony® Study) 

646A190=GB (Harmony® Study) 

646A191=GB (Harmony® Study) 

646A217=GB (Harmony® Overview Poster) 

646DV2=GB 

646T201.8=GB (Technical Information Harmony®) 

646T2=1.9GB (Technical Information TF Harmony®) 

646A258=GB (Harmony® e-pulse Folder) 

Socket 

Technologies 



for Children 




Prostheses 


Prosthetic 

Feet 

Hip Joints 

Adapter 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 


Sleeve 

Liner 

Knee Joints 

Adapter 

Socket 

Technologies 

Tube adapter 

Harmony® 

Prosthetic Foot 



Overview for Harmony® TT (BK) 

Knee Sleeves 

453A2 

Derma Protection 

453A3 

Derma ProFlex 

454A6 

VASS 

454A7 

Harmony® 

454A8 

Harmony®, conical 

Liners 

6Y414 

Harmony® Custom Liner 

6Y510 

Profi le Liner 

6Y522 

Simplicity Tapered Liner 

Adapters 

5R1=6 

5R2 

4R111 

4R51 

4R55 

4R51 

4R55 

4R54 

Harmony® 

≤ 150 kg 

4R144 

Harmony® P2 

4R150 

Harmony® HD 

4R146 

Harmony® DP 

Tube Adapters 

4R50 

Socket 

Technologies 

4R72=D-62 2R3 4R84 4R44=L 

Prosthetic Feet 

1C40 

C-Walk® 

1C30 

Trias 

1E56 

Axtion® 

1D35 


1E57 

Lo Rider 

1E50 / 1E51 

Advantage DP2 


Harmony® e-pulse 

Adapter 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 


Knee Joints 

Hip Joints 


Prostheses 



Socket 

Technologies 


for Children 

Harmony® e-pulse 4R148 

Small – Smart – Suspension 

Harmony® e-pulse is the new electronic pump 

for the Harmony® System. The pump creates the 

required negative pressure (vacuum) between 

the prosthetic socket and the liner. The elevated 

vacuum system provides superior suspension 

of the prosthesis and thereby improves the 

proprioception of the amputee and reduces the 

forces applied to the residual limb. Additionally 

the elevated vacuum system controls volume 

loss of the residual limb. The Harmony® e-pulse 

can be used with any body weight, limb length 

or activity level. Thus the Harmony® System 

can now provide the full range of vacuum 

suspension benefits to a broader range of 

amputees. 



Features & Benefits 

Two Buttons 

That is all the Harmony® e-pulse needs to be controlled – Plus 

& Minus. 

This makes it extremely easy and convenient to use. 

The two buttons have a different shape for easy recognition – 

Feel the Difference! 

Finger Rails 

The two rails on top of the device not only make the pump look 

smarter. Their function is to lead the user´s fingers directly 

towards the control buttons. It allows the user to operate the 

Harmony® e-pulse blindly when covered with clothing. 

Light & Sound 

The Harmony® e-pulse communicates with the user via LED 

lights and sound signals. Four LEDs between the Finger Rails 

tell the user (for example) about the current vacuum level or 

the charging process. Some functions are also accompanied 

by sounds to allow for blind use. If the sound is not required 

you can simply turn it off. 

Four Levels of Vacuum 

2 

3 

4 

The Harmony® e-pulse can be adjusted by the amputee to 

four different vacuum levels according to the needs and 

wishes. The highest level produces approximately 18 inHg 

(600 mbar). 

1 


Socket 

Technologies 

Mounting: The Harmony® e-pulse is delivered with a strap plate attached 

to the back of the device. Simply take a Velcro strap, pull it through and 

then attach the unit to the socket, the cosmesis or the pylon. 

Article no. 

4R148 

Weight 

120 g 

Size (L/W/H) 82 mm / 65 mm / 26 mm 

Max. body weight no limitation 





for Children 




Prostheses 

Harmony® System P2 

Order no. 

4R144 

Proximal connection Pyramid adapter 

Distal connection Tube connection Ø 30 mm 

Weight 

520 g 

System height 

142 mm 

Material 



Max. body weight 100 kg / 220 lbs 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

≤ 150 kg 

≤ 330 lbs 

Harmony® System HD 

The 4R150 Harmony® System HD is to be used with the 4R54 Socket 

Adapter with Pyramid Adapter. 

Order no. 



Weight 

System height 

Material 

4R150 

4-hole connection 

Pyramid receiver 

640 g 

135 mm 




150 kg / 330 lbs 

Knee Joints 

Harmony® System DP 

Hip Joints 

Socket 

Technologies 

Order no. 4R146 (to be used only with 1E50 / 1E51) 

Proximal connection Pyramid adapter 

Distal connection Receiver for A-pylon (included) 

Weight 

525 g 

System height 

243 mm 

Material 



Max. body weight 100 kg / 220 lbs 


Harmony® Function Accessories 

Accessories for Harmony® System 

755E20=230 Harmony® Vacuum Pump Set 

The Harmony® Vacuum Pump Set is used for the fabrication of the plaster 

cast in vacuum technique. Requires 230 voltage. 

Consists of: 

683G1=10 Latex Casting Bags 

Set with 1 small, medium, and large bag. For fabrication of the plaster 

cast in vacuum technique. 

755Z19=230 Vacuum Pump 

Completely equipped with a fine regulating valve, a vacuum gauge and a 

silencer. Requires 230 voltage. 

Technical Data 

Final vacuum 

Delivery rate 

Dimensions L×H×W 

Power requirements in 

V/Hz/kW 

Weight 

Color (RAL) 

240 mbar abs. 

11.5 l/min 

187/157/90 mm 

230/50/0.065 

2.5 kg 

9002 gray-white 

Always use the vacuum pump together with 755Z20=2 Filter! 

625P1=1.0 Fuse Link, delay action 

As replacement fuse 

616R2=10×2 PVC Suction Tubing 

Inside Ø 6 mm, outside Ø 10 mm, weight 60 g/m 

755Y16=1/4”×6 Threaded Hose Nozzle 

683G1=1 Water Separator 

683G1=5 Suction Tubing 

755Z20=2 Filter 

Weight 15 g 

662F2 Bag for 755E20=230 

Otto Bock Shuttle Lock Systems – Harmony® 

Latex Casting Bags 

For fabrication of the plaster cast using the vacuum casting technique. 



683G1 = 9 

Socket 

Technologies 

Article no. 

Sizes 

683G1 

small (7), medium (8), large (9); 

set with small, medium and large (10) 




for Children 



Spots 

TEC Spots are polyurethane cushions used to compensate for variations 

in residual limb shape and volume within the socket. 

One package consists of: 1 piece 



616S134 = 2 


Prostheses 

Article no. 

616S134 

Sizes 1 2 3 4 5 

⌀ 6 cm 9 cm 10 cm 12 cm 14 cm 

MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Alignment 


Sticky Spots 

Same as 616S134 Spots, with a pressure sensitive adhesive coating and 

pressure sensitive adhesive textile cover. 




616S132 = 4 

Adapter 

Article no. 

616S132 

Sizes 1 2 3 4 5 

⌀ 6 cm 9 cm 10 cm 12 cm 14 cm 

Knee Joints 

Hip Joints 

Socket 

Technologies 

Liner Fit Kit 

451F20 

Consists of: 

1 × 616S134=1 TEC Spot 

1 × 616S134=2 TEC Spot 

2 × 451F21=M Sheaths 

1 × 646C121 Harmony® Fit Kit Video 

1 × 451F18=2 Half Sock / medium 

1 × 451F19=2 Half Sock / large 

1 × 451F18=1 Complete Sock / medium 

1 × 451F19=1 Complete Sock / large 



Harmony® Complete Installation Kit 

4R128-1 

Contains all components for the maintenance and service of the 

Harmony® System. 

Consists of: 

4Y310 

Tube Collars, 10 Pack 

4Y350 

90º Filtered Barb 

4Y344 

Straight Filtered Barb 

SL=40P074 

Dacromet 

SL=2300-7167 P2 Tube Clamp Screw 

SL=2300-7174 Washer 

4Y360=5 P2/HD Muffler, 5 Pack 

4Y348 

HD Elastomer Rod (90 shore) 

4Y347 

P2 Elastomer Rod (80 shore) 

4Y309 Tygon Tubing 1/8” ID flexible, 5’ 

4Y319=3 Harmony® P2/H2 Boot 

4Y345 

P2/HD Export Valve 

4Y346 

Intake Valve 

Lubricating Cream 

453H1=1 

Increases the flow properties of the polyurethane liners. Recommended for 

use with the 6Y400 TEC Custom Liner without fabric cover. 

Lubricating Powder 

453H2=1 

Facilitates the donning and doffing of uncoated liners. 

Socket connector 

2R117 

Alternative slight socket connector (connection between socket and 

Harmony® pump) with low height and rounded edges 

Scope of delivery: 

2R117=0 Socket connector 

SL=P091 PU glue 

Socket 

Technologies 


Knee and Thigh Sleeves 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Derma Protection Knee Sleeve 

The 453A2 Derma Protection knee sleeve is a basic and durable sealing 

sleeve made from a tear resistant copolymer gel and finished with a 

textile. The 453A2 Derma Protection knee sleeves are mostly used as the 

primary suspension or with a valve or Harmony® System and are suitable 

for amputees in the low to medium activity levels. 




453A2 = 2 

647G281 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

Hip Joints 

Article no. 

453A2 

Sizes 1 2 3 4 

Length 30 cm 30 cm 38 cm 38 cm 

Knee center circumference 24 – 32 cm 30 – 40 cm 34 – 44 cm 42 – 56 cm 

Derma ProFlex Knee Sleeve 

The Derma ProFlex Knee Sleeve 453A3 is an anatomical pre-shaped sealing 

sleeve made from a durable Copolymer (TPE) covered with a textile. 

The anatomical shape is a combination of 3 different features: 

• 15° pre-flexion allows for easier bending of the knee and significantly 

reduced amount of wrinkles in the knee fold 

• Slight conical proximal shape for increased the wearing comfort and a 

stronger conical distal shape for a tight sealing of the socket 

• Anatomical shaped patella area for reduced pressure during the whole 

movement process 

The combination of these 3 factors provides the patient a high degree of 

functionality and wearing comfort. 

The Derma ProFlex Knee Sleeves are mostly used as the primary 

suspension or with a valve or the Harmony® System and are suitable for 

amputees in the low to high activity levels. 



453A3 = 2 

647G281 

Socket 

Technologies 

Article no. 

453A3 

Sizes 1 2 3 

Knee center circumference 24 – 32 cm 30 – 40 cm 36 – 47 cm 

Circumference 20 cm MPT 34 – 46 cm 40 – 54 cm 48 – 66 cm 



VASS Knee Sleeve 

The 454A6 VASS knee sleeve is a basic sealing sleeve made from skinfriendly, 

good sealing polyurethane and is finished with a nylon textile. It 

includes the Gaiter sleeve protector to extend its longevity and retain its 

sealing properties. The 454A6 VASS sleeves are mostly used with a valve 

or Harmony® System and are suitable for amputees in medium to high 

activities.One package consists of: 1 piece 



454A6 = 3 

Article no. 

454A6 

Sizes 1 2 3 4 5 

Knee center circumference 

28 – 35,5 cm 30 – 37,5 cm 33 – 40,5 cm 35,5 – 43 cm 38 – 50,5 cm 

Harmony® Knee Sleeve 

Harmony® Knee Sleeves 454A7 and 454A8 provide an excellent vacuum 

seal and are covered with a durable abrasion-resistant textile. They 

include the Gaiter sleeve protector to extend its longevity and retain its 

sealing properties. The Harmony® Knee Sleeves are mostly used with the 

Harmony® System or a valve and are suitable for amputees in medium to 

high activities. 



454A7 = 2 

454A8 = 2 

454A7 – Harmony® Knee Sleeve, cylindrical 

Article no. 

454A7 

Sizes 1 2 3 4 5 

Knee center 

circumference 

28 – 35,6 cm 30 – 37,5 cm 33 – 40,5 cm 35,5 – 43 cm 38 – 50,5 cm 

454A8 – Harmony® Knee Sleeve, conical 

The Harmony® Knee Sleeve 454A8 is very conical to provide the best fit for 

patients with a large circumferential difference from their thigh to the socket. 

Socket 

Technologies 

Article no. 

454A8 

Sizes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 

Knee center 

circumference 

Circumference 

20 cm MPT 

25,5 - 33 cm 30,5 - 37 cm 33 - 39 cm 37 - 44,5 cm 43 - 51 cm 48 - 58,5 cm 56 - 66 cm 

35 – 43 cm 41 – 50 cm 44 – 54 cm 49 – 56 cm 53 – 66 cm 60 – 70 cm 66 – 75 cm 




for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


Thigh Support Bandage 

With neoprene adhesive strip 

Order no. (ordering example): 


21B37 = L 1 

Article no. 

Side 

21B37 

Left (L), Right (R) 

Sizes S (1) M (2) L (3) XL (4) XXL (5) 

Hip circumference 60 – 74 66 – 80 76 – 90 86 – 100 96 – 110 

Socket brim 36 – 40 40 – 44 44 – 48 48 – 52 52 – 56 

Color 

beige 

Socket 

Technologies 

Hip Joints 

Knee Joints 

Adapter 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

MOBIS® 


Shuttle Lock Systems 

Shuttle Locks 

The Otto Bock 6A20=10, 6A20=20 and 

6A30=10 can now be easily unlocked, even 

under tension, thanks to the improved 6A52 

ratchet unit. This device is particularly beneficial 

to amputees who have less hand strength. 

Please note: Users of older versions of a shuttle 

lock system can easily replace their old 6A52 

ratchet unit with a new one. 

Socket 

Technologies 

Informationen: 

646S1=3.02GB (Info Sheet) 




for Children 

Overview Shuttle Lock Systems 

TT 

TF 

Adapter 


Prostheses 

Liners 



Alignment 


6Y42 

Standard Pro Liner 

6Y70 

SiliconGel-Liner 

6Y80 

TF-Adapt-Liner 

MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Shuttle Locks 

6A30=10 6A30=20 6A20=10 6A20=30 

6A20=20 

4R160=1 4R160=2 

KISS®-System 

Knee Joints 

Adapter 

5R1=6 

5R2 

Individual attachment 

to knee joint and 

further modular parts. 

Hip Joints 

4R54 

4R77 

Socket 

Technologies 

Tube Adapter 

2R57 4R82 4R72 


1C30 

Trias 

1D10 

Dynamic Fuß 

1D35 




Important: 

Sometimes the alignment line (red line) differs from the long 

axis of the stump (blue line). The shuttle lock must follow the 

blue line. 

Shuttle Lock 

This shuttle lock threads into the socket lamination anchor provided with 

the kit. The infinitely variable locking mechanism, which employs 6Y13=1 

Pin, offers a secure and user friendly connection between the liner and 

prosthesis. Uses new easy to release 6A52 rachet unit. 

Order no. 6A20=10 


System height 



25 mm 

125 kg / 275 lbs 

A lamination anchor for lamination is enclosed. 

647H218 

Shuttle Lock 

This shuttle lock works the same as the 6A20=10. Due to the fact that it 

has a pyramide receiver, it is suitable for long stumps either to put it on 

top of a knee-joint or on top of a foot. The shorter 6Y13=2 pin secures the 

connection between the liner and prosthesis and can also be used with 

the 6A20=10 shuttle lock. Uses new easy to release 6A52 rachet unit. 



System height 


Adjustment screw 

79 mm 

125 kg / 275 lbs 

A lamination anchor for lamination is enclosed. 

647H218 

Socket 

Technologies 

Accessories 


Long Pin 

For Shuttle Lock 6A20=10, 6A30=10, 6A30=20 

Order no. 

Length 

6Y13=1L 

68.7 mm 




for Children 




Prostheses 

Shuttle Lock 

This shuttle lock works like the 6A20=10, unlike with an added feature of 

a smooth pin. This shuttle lock is interchangeable with the 6A20=10. It 

provides infinitely variable locking to maintain a secure connection to the 

prosthesis. 



System height 


647H328 


25 mm 

100 kg / 220 lbs 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Shuttle Lock 

This shuttle lock is best fitted with patients having a contracted knee-joint 

or an unusual alignment line. The lock is delivered completely assembled 

and ready to be integrated into the socket during the lamination or thermoplastic 

process. A dummy system assures easy lamination. 

The 6Y13=1 pin makes it easy to lock or to unlock the liner and offers 

a secure connection between liner and prosthesis. Uses new easy to 

release 6A52 rachet Unit. 


647G415 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

Hip Joints 

Shuttle Lock 

This shuttle lock is a light weight plastic shuttle lock which is best fitted 

with patients having a contracted knee-joint or an unusual alignment line. 

The lock is delivered completely assembled and ready to be integrated 

into the socket during the lamination or thermoplastic process. A dummy 

system assures easy that lamination can be easily done. The 6Y13=1 pin 

makes it easy to lock or to unlock the liner and offers a secure connection 

between liner and prosthesis. The 6A30=20 is well-suited for swimming 

prostheses. 


647H483 

Socket 

Technologies 

Lamination Disk 

Aluminum 

The 5R2 Lamination Disk is used for endoskeletal prostheses with the 

6A30=20 Shuttle Lock. 

≤ 150 kg / 

330 lbs 

Order no. 

Weight 

System height 

Material 


5R2 

70 g 

9 mm 

Aluminum 

150 kg / 330 lbs 

The 4X86 Lamination Dummy is to be used for the lamination process. 

It is provided with the lamination disk. 

647G179 


Vacuum Assisted Socket System 



Order no. Description 6A20=10 6A20=20 6A20=30 6A30=10 6A30=20 

4R111=N Lamination Anchor 

506G21=M4x10 Set Screw 

5X108 

Dummy Set 

5X120 

Shuttle Housing with Bushing 

5X440 

Lamination Protection for Pin 

5X55 

Dummy Set with Screw 

5X67 

Plastic Tab 

5X125 

Dummy Set 

6A51=10 Shuttle Lock Housing with Pyramid Adapter 

6A51=20 Shuttle Lock Housing with Adjustment Screws 

6A51=30 Shuttle Lock Housing with Pyramid Adapter 

6A52 

Ratchet Unit 

6A52=30 Release Button 

6A52=K 

Ratchet Unit, Complete 

6A61 

Plastic Tab for 6A52 

6Y13=1 Pin 

6Y13=1L Pin 

6Y13=2 Pin 

6Y13=3 Pin 

KISS® Shuttle-Lanyard systems 

The KISS® Kits are Shuttle-Lanyard systems for transfemoral patients. 

The KISS® System reduces the rotational and pistoning movements of 

common lanyard systems. Due to the possibility of donning while sitting 

it is especially suited for geriatric amputees and patients with reduced 

mobility. 

4R160=1 

The Delrin KISS® Kit needs an additional socket adaptor to connect to the 

modular system. It is suitable for contracted residual limbs. Further on it is 

needed with a carbon frame with Thermolyn® soft. 

4R160=2 

The 4-Hole-Endoskeletal KISS® Kit provides a direct connection to the 

modular system. It is suitable for normal residual limb positions and for 

laminated sockets without a softer inner socket made of Thermolyn® soft. 

It is applicable up to a patient weight of 100 kg. 

Socket 

Technologies 

Accessories 

Lamination Kit 4R161 

The lamination kit 4R161 is used for endoskeletal fitting in combination 

with the 4-Hole-Endoskeletal KISS® Kit 4R160=2. 

Anti-Fray-Iron-Ons 4X225 

The Anti-Fray-Iron-Ons 4X225 prevent fraying after the hole is cut into the 

residual limb sock. 




for Children 

Overview Vacuum Assisted Socket Systems 

TT 

TF 




Prostheses 

Knee Sleeves 

453A2 

Derma Protection 

453A3 

Derma ProFlex 

454A6 

VASS-Sleeve 

454A7 

Harmony® 

454A8 

Harmony®, conical 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 


Liners 

6Y400 

Costum Liner 

6Y510 

Profi le-Liner 

6Y92 

Copolymer Liner 

6Y523 

Simplicity Tapered-Liner 

6Y540 

AKquire Liner 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Valves 

21Y14 

PushValve 

21Y15 

MagValve 

Adapter 

4R136 + accessories 

4R140 

21Y12 

Knee Joints 

Hip Joints 

Adapters 

5R1=6 

4R54 

4R77 

5R2 

4R116 

Individual attachment 

to knee joint an further 

modular parts. 

Socket 

Technologies 

Tube Adapters 

2R57 4R82 4R72 


1C40 

C-Walk® 

1D35 


1E56 

Axtion® 

1C30 

Trias 



Vacuum System – Transfemoral 

PushValve und MagValve 

The unique threadless design makes it quick and easy for patients to get 

a secure fit. The valves click into place so patients know when the valve 

is secured. These designs eliminate the ‘twist or screw’ movement and 

thereby avoid cross-threading or over tightening! 

21Y14 PushValve 

The PushValve is opened and closed with two levers that are compressed. 

It’s great for people with transfemoral amputations. 

21Y15 MagValve 

The MagValve provides a lower-profile design and uses magnets to retain 

the valve body. It can be used for upper to lower extremity amputees. 

Screw Valve Kit 

1 

2 

3 

5 6 

7 

8 

21Y12 Screw Valve Kit 

For vacuum forming technique 

Consists of: 

Lower screw ring (1) 

Gasket (2) 

Upper screw ring (3) 

Upper valve piece (4) 

Vacuum forming pattern (5) 

Screw (6) 

Lamination dummy (7) 

Countersunk head screw (8) 

O-ring (not illustrated) 

4 

Socket 

Technologies 

Accessories for 21Y12 


21Y204 Pin Wrench 




for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Valve Kits 

Valve Kit for Interim Sockets 

Consists of: flat rubber valve, insert ring, O-ring, fixing ring, plastic screw disk 

Order no. 

Outer Ø 

For hole Ø 

21Y96 

40 mm 

24 mm 

Valve Kit for Flexible Sockets 

Consists of: flat rubber valve, insert ring, valve seat with tube, lamination 

ring, sealing ring, vacuum forming pattern, lamination pattern, screw, 

countersunk head screw and plastic screw disk 

Order no. 

Outer Ø 

For hole Ø 

21Y97 

40 mm 

24 mm 

Valve Kit for Flexible Sockets 

For side application. Consists of: flat rubber valve, insert ring, lamination 

ring, sealing ring, vacuum forming pattern, lamination pattern, screw, 

countersunk head screw and plastic screw disk 

Order no. 

Outer Ø 

For hole Ø 

21Y105 

40 mm 

24 mm 

Otto Bock Screw Valve 

With automatic air outlet, plastic 

Adapter 

Order no. 

Outer Ø 

For hole Ø 

21Y81 

40 mm 

24 mm 

Knee Joints 

Hip Joints 

Socket 

Technologies 

Valves 

Flat Silicone Valve 

With thumb flap, without seat ring 

Order no. 

For outer seat ring Ø 

For hole Ø 

21Y140 

40 mm 

24 mm 

Flat Rubber Valve 

For contact socket, with thumb flap, without seat ring 

Order no. 21Y123=40 

For outer seat ring Ø 

For hole Ø 

40 mm 

24 mm 


For contact socket, with 50 mm long socket attachment, with thumb flap 

and seat ring 

Order no. 

Outer seat ring Ø 

For hole Ø 

21Y94 

40 mm 

24 mm 



Valves 


With automatic air outlet, with seat ring 

Order no. 

Outer seat ring Ø 

For hole Ø 

21Y95 

40 mm 

24 mm 

Flat Rubber Valve, small 

Without seat ring 

Order no. 

Outside Ø 

For hole Ø 

21Y45 

32 mm 

20 mm 

Seat ring 

For rubber flat valve 

Order no. 21Y41=40 21Y41=32 

Outside Ø 40 mm 32 mm 

For hole Ø 24 mm 20 mm 

Connection Tube with Seat Ring 

For valves with 40 mm outer ø 

Order no. 

Inner tube Ø 

Outer Ø 

21Y77 

24 mm 

28 mm 

PVC-Connection Tube 

Angled at 90°, for valves with outside diameters of 32 mm 

Order no. 99B13=21 99B13=16 99B13=16-7 

Inner tube Ø 21 mm 16 mm 16 mm 

Color tan tan black 

Socket 

Technologies 




for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


The V4 Valve Kit (for building a vacuum assisted 

socket system) together with a knee 

sleeve is an alternative to the traditional pin 

V4 Valve Kit 

Vacuum System – Transtibial 

4R136 

The plastic V4 Valve Kit builds Vacuum Assisted Socket System. It offers 

many connection options that create a secure and functional one-way 

valve solution. 

647H511 

and shuttle lock technology. The Otto Bock 

One-Way Valves allows air to escape, thereby 

maintaining a vacuum in the socket. 

MOBIS® 

+ Accessories 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

V5 Valve Kit 

4R138=5 

The plastic V4 Valve Kit builds Vacuum Assisted Socket System. It offers 

many connection options that create a secure and functional one-way 

valve solution. 

647H511 

Knee Joints 

Hip Joints 

Socket 

Technologies 

Otto Bock One-Way Valve 

4R140 Otto Bock One-Way Valve 

The 4R140 One-Way Valve combined with a sleeve ejects excess air from 

the socket during stance phase and closes to prevent air from re-entering 

during swing phase. This system minimizes friction and shearing forces. 

The 4R140 Otto Bock One-Way Valve is only to be used with transtibial 

prosthetic fittings. It is easy to assemble. 

647G148 


Derma Seal Residual Limb Socks 


Wearing prostheses or orthoses can lead to 

problems like pain from excessive pressure 

or friction, perspiration build-up and other similar 

situations. 

The Derma Product Line can help you successfully 

prevent or reduce excessive strain 

on the skin. 

The socks feature a special layer of polymer 

gel. The viscous nature of the gel reduces 

chafing, pressure and strain on the skin 

and offers increased comfort in the prosthetic 

socket. 

The gel layer also contains a medical-grade, 

skin-friendly mineral oil that keeps the skin 

supple. 

Informations: 

646S1=1.04GB 

647H106 

647H107 

Socket 

Technologies 




for Children 



Derma Seal 

Skin 

Gel 

Nylon 

This sock is made of stretchable nylon stretch fabric coated with polymer gel. 



453D7 = 2 

647H106 


Prostheses 

Alignment 


Article no. 

453D7 

Sizes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

Length* 30 cm 40 cm 40 cm 45 cm 45 cm 50 cm 50 cm 50 cm 

Length of gel layer 20 cm 25 cm 25 cm 33 cm 25 cm 33 cm 33 cm 33 cm 

Distal circumf. 16-22 cm 18-26 cm 20-31 cm 20-31 cm 23-35 cm 23-35 cm 27-40 cm 30-48 cm 

Proximal circumf. 16-25 cm 18-30 cm 20-35 cm 20-35 cm 23-40 cm 23-40 cm 27-45 cm 30-53 cm 

* Possible deviation: ± 10 % 

MOBIS® 

Derma Seal Forte 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

Socket 

Technologies 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Hip Joints 

Skin 

Gel 

CoolMax ® 

For more active people. The CoolMax® fabric offers increased durability 

and comfort. 



453D4 = 2 

647H106 

Article no. 

453D4 

Sizes 1 2 3 10 20 

Length* 30 cm 30 cm 40 cm 65 cm 75 cm 

Length of gel layer 25 cm 25 cm 30 cm 25 cm 30 cm 

Distal circumf. 15 – 22 cm 20 – 26 cm 20 – 26 cm 15 – 22 cm 20 – 26 cm 

Proximal circumf. 20 – 32 cm 28 – 42 cm 28 – 45 cm 20 – 32 cm 28 – 42 cm 




Derma Seal Double Forte 

Skin 

Gel 

CoolMax ® 

For more active people and for those with bony residual limbs. 

The polymer gel is sandwiched between two layers of CoolMax® fabric. 

Very durable. 



453D5 = 2 

647H106 

Article no. 

453D5 

Sizes 1 2 3 10 20 

Length* 30 cm 30 cm 40 cm 65 cm 75 cm 

Length of gel layer 25 cm 25 cm 30 cm 25 cm 30 cm 

Distal circumf. 15 – 20 cm 20 – 24 cm 20 – 24 cm 15 – 20 cm 20 – 24 cm 

Proximal circumf. 20 – 28 cm 28 – 40 cm 28 – 43 cm 20 – 28 cm 28 – 40 cm 


Derma Seal Trans Ped 

This very stretchable sock is for Lisfranc/Chopart partial foot amputees. 

The Trans Ped is knitted seamlessly and is made of 95% polyester and 

5% Lycra®-Spandex. The distal area inside the sock is coated with polymer 

gel which protects this area from chafing, pressure, and load forces. 

Article no. 453D2=N 453D2=XL 

Size standard extra long 

647H107 

Socket 

Technologies 


Residual Limb Socks 

Adapter 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 



Prostheses 

Knee Joints 

Hip Joints 




for Children 

Socket 

Technologies 


Improving a patient’s quality of life through increased 

mobility is a fine art. It requires expertise 

as well as commitment. 

That is why residual limb socks are made of 

premium quality cotton, wool and blended fibers. 

This helps prevent skin friction, inflammations 

and pressure sores. 

Otto Bock residual limb socks: 

• protect the skin 

• absorb perspiration 

• help prevent friction against the skin, reddening 

and extreme variations in skin temperature 

Information: 

646S1=6.04GB 



CT Function Sock 

Humidity regulating and breathable 



451F30 = S 

Article no. 

451F30 

Sizes S M L 

Length 35 cm 40 cm 45 cm 

Distal circumference 180 – 210 mm 220 – 260 mm 280 – 360 mm 

Wool Residual Limb Sock 

Plain, for transtibial short-prosthesis 



451U1 = 35 

Article no. 

451U1 

Lengths 35 cm 45 cm 60 cm 

Color rim royal blue black pink 

Nylon Protective Sock 

For transtibial short-prosthesis 



451U9 = 35 

Socket 

Technologies 

Article no. 

Lengths 

Seam width 

Width of coarse seam 

For a below-knee circumference 

451U9 

25 cm, 35 cm, 45 cm, 60 cm 

20 cm 

17 cm 

up to 35 cm 




for Children 



Nylon Protective Sock 

451F21 is a nylon protective sock with a proximal double-wall seam. Used 

to protect knee suspension sleeves at the proximal socket brim area. Easy 

to use. 



451F21 = S 


Prostheses 

Alignment 


Article no. 

451F21 

Sizes S M L 

Length 25.5 cm 33.0 cm 40.5 cm 

Proximal circumference 20 cm 22 cm 23 cm 

MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Terry Cloth Residual Limb Sock 

Thin white sock for transtibial amputees. 



451F2 = 35 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

Article no. 

451F2 

Lengths 25 cm 35 cm 45 cm 60 cm 

Color rim navy royal-blue black red 

Hip Joints 

Socket 

Technologies 

Cotton Residual Limb Sock 

Thin white sock for transtibial amputees. 



451F3 = 35 

Article no. 

451F3 

Lengths 25 cm 35 cm 45 cm 60 cm 

Color rim navy royal-blue black red 



Residual Limb Sock for Liner 

With distal hole for pin (locking) liners, white, 90% polyamide, 

10% Lycra® 


Article no. = Amputation height - Length 

451F4 = 11 - 30 

Article no. 

451F4 

Amputation height Transtibial (11) Transfemoral (20) 

Lengths 30 cm, 40 cm 30 cm, 40 cm 

Residual Limb Sock for Liner 

With distal hole for pin (locking) liners, white, 85% cotton, 

15% Lycra® 


Article no. = Amputation height - Length 

451F6 = 11 - 30 

Article no. 

451F6 

Amputation height Transtibial (11) Transfemoral (20) 

Lengths 30 cm, 40 cm 30 cm, 40 cm 

Socket 

Technologies 


Compression Shrinker Socks 

Adapter 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 



Prostheses 

Knee Joints 

Hip Joints 




for Children 

Socket 

Technologies 


Compression Shrinker Socks offer significant 

help in postoperative residual limb fitting. They 

apply consistent pressure to the residual limb 

which progressively decreases from the distal 

to proximal area to increase comfort for 

pressure gradient and aid to more fluids from 

the limb. 

Compression Shrinker Socks can be used by 

transtibial and transfemoral amputees. The 

application is quick. 

Otto Bock Compression Shrinker Socks must 

NOT be used on or with: 

• weeping skin 

• open wounds 

• congestive dermatitis 

• arterial circulatory disturbances 

• acute thrombophlebitis 

• congestive heart failure. 

Compression Shrinker Socks should only be 

used when prescribed by a physician and 

only applied by trained personnel. To extend 

the sock‘s longevity, we recommend wearing 

rubber gloves for donning and doffing to prevent 

damage by finger nails or jewelry. 



Compression Shrinker Sock 

For transfemoral amputees, with waist band. 


Article no. = Size - Length 

451F12 = XS - 20 

Article no. 451F12 451F11 

Compression classes CCL1 CCL2 

Lengths (L) g-e: 

20 cm, 25 cm, 30 cm, 35 cm 

Sizes XS S M L XL XXL 

Circumference g 41 – 44 cm 44 – 48 cm 48 – 52 cm 52 – 56 cm 56 – 60 cm 60 – 64 cm 

Circumference e 29 – 31 cm 31 – 34 cm 34 – 37 cm 37 – 40 cm 40 – 43 cm 43 – 46 cm 

Compression Shrinker Sock 

For transtibial amputees. 


Article no. = Size - Length 

451F13 = XS - 30 

Socket 

Technologies 

Article no. 451F13 451F10 

Compression classes CCL1 CCL2 

Lengths (L) f-c: 

30 cm, 38 cm, 46 cm 

Sizes XS S M L XL XXL 

Circumference f 39 – 41 cm 41 – 44 cm 44 – 47 cm 47 – 50 cm 50 – 53 cm 60 – 64 cm 

Circumference e 29 – 31 cm 31 – 34 cm 34 – 37 cm 37 – 40 cm 40 – 43 cm 43 – 46 cm 

Circumference c 27 – 29 cm 29 – 32 cm 32 – 35 cm 35 – 38 cm 38 – 41 cm 41 – 44 cm 


Accessories for Socket Technology 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


Air Contact System by Pohlig 


The Air Contact System (ACS) was designed in cooperation with Kurt 

Pohlig for flexible transfemoral sockets. 

The ACS is recommended for accommodating variations in the volume 

of the residual limb or an amputee‘s varying needs for increased socket 

suspension. Various air chambers, positioned between the flexible residual 

limb bedding and the outer socket, allow volume balance. The amputee 

can inflate or deflate the chambers if need be. The load on the end of the 

residual limb can be adjusted with the distal air chamber. The ACS by 

Pohlig is recommended for all age groups. 

2.3.7 (Technician) 

646D33 (Patient) 

5D1 Three-Way Valve 

With mounted ball pump, complete with flexible hoses, attachment screw 

with setting nut and protective cover 

Socket 

Technologies 

MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

Hip Joints 

Lateral Air Chamber 

With pad dummy and O-ring 

Order no. 5S1=170x60 5S1=140x60 5S1=80x60 5S1=95x80 

For Lateral side Lateral side 

Laterial/ 

Medial side 

Medial side 

5S2 Distal Air Chamber 

With metal and flexible coupling, PE cap, 5F1 Terry Cloth Cover, vacuum 

forming dummy, O-ring and plug 

Accessories 


634A61 Cold Welder 

Bottle, net content 35 g 

616R11=3.2x500 Flexible Hose 

5F1 Terry Cloth Covers 

Package with 10 covers 



Pedilin® Cone for Soft Socket 

For years, Pedilin® has been successfully employed in the production of 

soft sockets. 

The material is skin-friendly, retains its shape and is hygienic. These prefabricated 

cones have a precise, stable bonding edge. Ready for thermoplastic 

shaping, Pedilin® cones save sanding and gluing time. 

Order no. 6T2=1 6T2=2 6T2=3 

Upper circumference 390 mm 425 mm 485 mm 

Lower circumference 200 mm 270 mm 300 mm 

Height 420 mm 420 mm 420 mm 

Thickness 

5 mm 

Sheet materials are described in the 646K1 Materials Catalog. 

Procomfort Inner Socket 

Some patients prefer to don their prosthesis while sitting and without 

assistance. With the Procomfort Inner Socket, Otto Bock offers a helpful 

solution. The individually shaped inner socket made of polyurethane replaces 

the stockinette normally used for putting on a transfemoral prosthesis. The 

Procomfort Inner Socket is rolled directly onto the residual limb. A specially 

formulated gel assists the amputee in sliding into the prosthesis all the while 

improving the adhesion between the Procomfort socket and prosthetic socket. 

647H118 

646D34 

Order no. 5T8=1 5T8=2 

Distal circumference 36 – 42 cm 28 – 36 cm 

Proximal 

circumference 

49 – 71 cm 43 – 63 cm 

633S2 Procomfort Gel 

Bottle, net content 250 g 

99B25 Nylon Stockinette 

For processing technique (nylon) 

Package with 10 stockinettes 

633S2 

99B25 

755X18 Bracket 

Socket 

Technologies 

755X22=260 Vacuum Pipe 

With 755X93=260 Vacuum Sealing Disk (Pedilan®) 


Cosmetic Covers 

232



The majority of amputees want to not only recapture the function they lost, but 

also want a cosmetically appealing option. To fulfill this desire, Otto Bock offers 

different foam covers, stockings and cosmetic finishing options. 

All foam covers have a drill hole that differ in diameter and form to accommodate 

various modular components. For transtibial prostheses, we offer drill hole 

diameter of 30 mm or 34 mm to match Otto Bock tube adapters and tube clamp 

adapters. 

Transfemoral foam covers are pre-drilled to adapt to the contours of the Otto Bock 

knee joints. Check the Foam Combination Table to quickly identify which cover is 

compatible with which knee joint. 

The 3S106 and 3S124 foam covers are designed to speed finishing. Conical recesses 

in the socket area facilitate fitting the cosmesis to the socket and both 

pieces are anatomically pre-shaped. 

With Otto Bock SuperSkin coating technology, you can customize the color of 

the definitive PUR foam cover and add splash water protection. Whether you select 

SuperSkin or Otto Bock SoftTouch stockings, we help you create cosmestically 

attractive results. 

Perlon stockings in different sizes and colors with non-skid rubber bands add the 

finishing touch. 

Otto Bock Service Fabrication offers you a special service: fast fabrication of 

foam covers to match the measurements of the amputee, and offers multiple options 

for the final finish. 

Cosmetic 

Covers 


Foam Covers: Combination Overview 


for Children 

3R6 3S106 3R24 3S124 3S107 3S26 3S27* 6R6 6R8 6R18 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

Hip Joints 

Socket 

Technologies 

Cosmetic 

Covers 

3C86 


3C88-1 C-Leg® 

3C96 


3C98-1 C-Leg® 

3R15 

3R17 

3R20 

3R21 

3R23 

3R30 

3R32 

3R33 

3R36 

3R40 

3R46 

3R49 

3R55 

3R60 

3R60=KD 

3R60=ST 

3R60=HD 

3R60-PRO 

3R60-PRO=KD 

3R60-PRO=ST 

3R60-PRO=HD 

3R72 

3R80 

3R90 

3R92 

3R95 

3R95=1 

3R106 

3R106=KD 

3R106=ST 

3R106=HD 

Transtibial 

The knee joints in question are joints for knee disarticulation fittings that are usually finalized with the 6R6 

Transtibial Cosmesis. If required, the outer finish can also be covered with the 3R6 or 3S107 TF Foam Covers. 

* Compatible with all Otto Bock hipjoints 


Foam Covers 

Please use also the Foam Covers Combination Overview on page 234 to select the right foam cover. 

Foam Cover 

PE foam 

The 6R8 covers for modular transtibial prostheses have 30 mm or 34 mm 

drill hole diameters and are not pre-shaped. They can be applied to either 

the left or right side. 

Order no. 6R8=30 6R8=34 

Length 

~ 48 cm 

For tube diameter 30 mm 34 mm 

Material PE foam PE foam 

Color beige beige 

Foam Cover 

PE foam 

The 6R18 covers for modular transtibial prostheses have 30 mm or 34 mm 

drill hole diameters and are pre-shaped. They can be applied to either the 

left or right side. 

Order no. 6R18=30 6R18=34 

Length 

~ 48 cm 

For tube diameter 30 mm 34 mm 

Material PE foam PE foam 

Color beige beige 

Foam Cover 

PUR flexible foam 

For knee joints: 3R21, 3R23, 3R30, 3R32, 3R46, 3R60=KD, 

3R60-PRO=KD, 3R106=KD 

The 6R6 cover for modular transtibial and knee disarticulation prostheses 

has a drill hole diameter that is compatible with both a Ø 30 mm and a 

Ø 34 mm system. It is not pre-shaped. It can be applied to either the left 

or right side. 

Order no. 

Length 

For tube diameter 

Material 

Color 

6R6 

~ 55 cm 

30 mm and 34 mm 


beige 

The material is flame retardant according to DIN 75200. 

Meets requirements of MVSS 302 Standard 100 mm. 

Cosmetic 

Covers 

Customized Foam Covers from Otto Bock Service Fabrication 

If you would like to reduce your milling activities or if you need special sizes, you can have Otto Bock Service Fabrication 

custom-fabricate foam covers according to the measurements of your customers. To do so, please fill out the 

measurement form for customized foam covers in the chapter with order forms. For more information on the order 

procedure, please see the 676K71=GB Service Catalog. 


Foam Covers 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Please use also the Foam Covers Combination Overview on page 234 to select the right foam covers. 

Foam Cover 


For knee joints: 3R15, 3R49, 3R55 (also for 3R21, 3R23, 3R30, 3R32, 

3R46) 

The 3R6 covers for modular transfemoral prostheses have a stepped 

center hole and are pre-shaped. 


Article no. = Side Calf circumference 

3R6 = L 36 

Article no. 

Side 

Length 


3R6 

Knee flexion 30° 

Material 

Color 

left (L) right (R) 

~ 94 cm 

36 cm, 40 cm, 44 cm 


beige 



Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

Hip Joints 

Socket 

Technologies 

Foam Cover 


For knee joints: 3R15, 3R49, 3R55 

The 3S106 covers for modular transfemoral prostheses have a stepped 

center hole and are cosmetically pre-shaped. Moreover, the covers are 

prefabricated with a conical recess in the socket area for receiving the 

prosthetic socket. 



3S106 = L 44 

Article no. 

Side 

Length 


3S106 


Material 

Color 


~ 94 cm 

36 cm, 40 cm, 44 cm 


beige 



Cosmetic 

Covers 


Foam Covers 


Foam Cover 


For knee joints: 3R17, 3R20, 3R22, 3R33, 3R34, 3R36, 3R40, 3R95, 

3R95=1 and for prostheses that include a knee joint combined with 

the 99B17 Modular Knee Protector with Elastic Band Extension Assist. 

The covers for modular transfemoral prostheses have a stepped center 

hole and are pre-shaped. 



3R24 = R 40 

Article no. 

Side 

Length 


3R24 


Material 

Color 


~ 94 cm 

36 cm, 40 cm, 44 cm 


beige 



Foam Cover 


For knee joints: 3R17, 3R20, 3R22, 3R33, 3R34, 3R36, 3R40, 3R95, 

3R95=1 and for prostheses that include a knee joint combined with 

the 99B17 Modular Knee Protector with Elastic Band Extension Assist. 

The covers for modular transfemoral prostheses have a stepped center 

hole and are cosmetically pre-shaped in the ankle and knee area. 

Moreover, the covers are prefabricated with a conical recess in the socket 

area for receiving the prosthetic socket. 



3S124 = L 40 

Article no. 

3S124 

Side 


Length 

~ 94 cm 

Calf circumference 36 cm, 40 cm, 44 cm 


Material 


Color 

beige 



Cosmetic 

Covers 







Foam Covers 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 


Foam Cover 


For knee joints: 3R106, 3R106=ST, 3R106=HD, 3R60, 3R60=ST, 

3R60=HD, 3R60-PRO, 3R60-PRO=ST, 3R60-PRO=HD, 3R72, 3R80, 

3R90, 3R92 (also for 3R60=KD, 3R106=KD) 





3S107 = R 40 

Article no. 

Sides 

Length 


3S107 


Material 

Color 


~ 94 cm 

40 cm, 44 cm 


beige 



Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

Hip Joints 

Socket 

Technologies 

Foam Cover 


For knee joints: C-Leg® (3C88-1 and 3C98-1), 

C-Leg®compact (3C86 and 3C96) 





3S26 = R 44 

Article no. 

Sides 

Length 


3S26 


~ 94 cm 

44 cm 


Material 

Color 


beige 



Cosmetic 

Covers 


Foam Covers 

Foam cover for hip disarticulation prostheses 


For: 7E5 hip joint with 3R20, 3R36 knee joints 

7E4 hip joint with 3R20, 3R36, 3R60=HD knee joints 

7E7 hip joint with 3R36, 3R106=HD, 3R60=HD, 

3C96 C-Leg®compact, 3C98-1 C-Leg® knee joints 

7E10 Helix3D hip joint with 3C96 C-Leg®compact, 

3C98-1 C-Leg® knee joints 

The 3S27 covers for modular pelvic prostheses have a stepped center 

hole and are pre-shaped. 

Artikel-Nr. (Bestellbeispiel): 


3S27 = R 44 

Article no. 

Sides 

Length 


3S27 


~ 110 cm 

44 cm 


Material 

Color 


beige 


Complies with MVSS 302 < 100 mm. 

Cosmetic 

Covers 







Aesthetic Refinement 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


Otto Bock offers a special coating technique 

for creating an attractive skin covering for 

foam covers. The surface material is stret- 

Otto Bock SuperSkin 


Coating Technique for PUR Products 

chable, highly tear-resistant and splash water 

resistant. Ideally it is applied with the aid of 

the 746B20 Surface Kit. 

PUR material for the spray coating of PUR flexible foam covers, Otto Bock prosthetic 

feet and the Perlon connection piece (99B15). 


Article no. = Net contents - Color 

635C1 = 0.5 - 14 

MOBIS® 

Highly flammable 

Irritant 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

Hip Joints 

Socket 

Technologies 

Color 

Net contents 

0,225 kg (0.25) 0,450 kg (0.5) 0,900 kg (1) 2,300 kg (2.5) 4,700 kg (5) 

tan (1) – – 1 – 1 2.5 – 1 5 – 1 

brown (14) 0.25 – 14 0.5 – 14 1 – 14 2.5 – 14 – 

dark brown (18) – – 1 – 18 2.5 – 18 – 

white (900) – – 1 – 9010 2.5 – 9010 – 

bright yellow (1026) – – – 2.5 – 1026 – 

purple red (3004) – – – 2.5 – 3004 – 

traffic light red (3020) – – – 2.5 – 3020 – 

Fiery violet (4008) – – – 2.5 – 4008 – 

Gentian blue (5010) – – – 2.5 – 5010 – 

pastel-turquoise (6034) – – – 2.5 – 6034 – 

light gray (7035) – – – 2.5 – 7035 – 

black (9011) – – – 2.5 – 9011 – 

gold (1050) – – 1 – 1050 – – 

Recommended approximate values: 

for a transtibial foam cover 150 g 

for a transfemoral foam cover 300 g 

Cosmetic 

Covers 

Color Swatch 

You can obtain the colors featured in the 646M13 Color Swatch by mixing specified 

proportions of the SuperSkin colors that are listed in the color table above. 

For information about the mixing proportions, please refer to the 647H177 Processing 

Instructions. 

647H177 

646V53=GB 



Surface Technique for PE/EVA Products, etc. 

For PE foam covers, Pedilin®, Plastazote, Evazote, laminates, wood, metals and Pedilan® light feet, etc. 

(except PUR products). 

Finish concentrate 

Always use primer first 

Thin with 635C2B Finish Thinner (mixing proportion: 2:1). Use sprayable 

PUR material (with higher surface tension than SuperSkin) to coat PE 

foam covers, Pedilin®, Plastazote, Evazote, etc. (except PUR products). 



Irritant 

Article no. = Net contents - Color 

635C2A = 1 - 14 

Net contents 

Color 

0,600 kg (1) 

1,535 kg 

(2.5) 3,135 kg (5) 

tan (1) 1 – 1 2.5 – 1 5 – 1 

brown (14) 1 – 14 2.5 – 14 – 

dark brown (18) 1 – 18 2.5 – 18 – 

Recommended approximate values: 

for a transtibial foam cover 150 g 

(incl. finish thinner); 

for a transfemoral foam cover 300 g 

(incl. finish thinner) 

646M13 Color Swatch / Mixing Proportions see 647H177 

Finish thinner 

Always use primer first 

To thin 635C2A Finish Concentrate, use mixing proportion: 2:1. 

647H177 


Article no. = Net contents 

635C2B = 1 

Net contents 

0,300 kg (0.5) 0,770 kg (1) 1,570 kg (2.5) 

0.5 1 2.5 

Primer for Finish Concentrate 

Before using the 635C2A/635C2B Finish, please apply a thin coat of 

primer onto the product that you will be processing. 

647H177 



635C3 = 0.5 


Irritant 

Cosmetic 

Covers 

Net contents 

0,450 kg (0.5) 0,900 kg (1) 

Color 

White 0.5 1 


Aesthetic Refi nement 


for Children 



PUR Foam Adhesive, Highly Elastic, Ready for Spraying 

The 636W58 PUR Foam Adhesive is used for bonding PUR materials, PUR- 

PE connections and other materials (e.g. connection caps for the prosthetic 

foot). It is ready for spraying and is highly elastic. 

647H177 

Order no. 636W58 

Net contents 

0,650 kg 

Highly fl ammable 

Irritant 

Alignment 



Prostheses 

MOBIS® 

Cleaning Agent 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

For high-performance spray guns and other devices used for refining foam 

covers 

647H177 



634A80 = 1 

Net contents 

0,750 kg (1) 1,900 kg (2.5) 

Do not use as thinner. 

Highly fl ammable 

1 2.5 

Irritant 

Hip Joints 

Accessories 

746B20 Coating Kit, incl. Spray Gun 

Please order separately if required! 

Socket 

Technologies 

Cosmetic 

Covers 

646M13 Foam Cover Color Swatch 

758Z60=1 Booth for Spray Coating without Ventilator 

758Z60=2 Booth for Spray Coating with Ventilator 

For more information about this accessory, please see the catalog 

“Planning and Equipping” (646K10=GB). 

Customized Coatings from Otto Bock Customer Service 

You can choose to contract the refinement of your PUR or PE/EVA products to Otto Bock Customer Service. 

Please contact a service representative at: 

Phone: +49 5527 848-1236 or +49 5527 848-1815 or send a fax to: +49 5527 848-1570. 


SoftTouch Stockings 

SoftTouch Stockings for Transtibial Prostheses (2 pcs.) 

Otto Bock SoftTouch Stockings have a special surface coating. They are 

pulled over the foam cover. This adds: 

• splash water resistance 

• dirt resistance 

• visually more attractive 

SoftTouch Stockings are extremely strechtable. They fit transtibial prostheses 

and come in small, medium and large in 10 colors. They are ideal 

in combination with the 6R8 or 6R18 PE Foam Cover. 


Article no. = Size - Color 

99B116 = 2 - 12 

Article no. 

99B116 

Sizes 2 4 6 

Calf circumf. 30 – 33 cm 34 – 39 cm 40 – 45 cm 

Ankle circumf. 19 – 21 cm 22 – 25 cm 26 – 29 cm 

Foot length ≥ 21 cm ≥ 23 cm ≥ 25 cm 

Colors* 

(2),(4),(6),(8),(10),(12),(14),(16),(18) 

Please refer also to the color pattern table 

* Colors correspond to 646M22 Color Swatch 

647H267 

Color 0 Color 2 Color 4 Color 6 Color 8 

Color 10 

Color 12 

Color 14 

Color 16 

Color 18 

Please refer to the 646M22 Color Swatch to select the right color. 

Cosmetic 

Covers 


Perlon Stockings 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


Perlon Knee Stockings 

The Perlon Knee Stockings with rubber band are intended for the 

outer cosmetic finish of modular transtibial prostheses. 


Article no. = Size Color 

99B16 = 1 B 

Article no. 

99B16 

Sizes 1 2 3 

Length ~ 38.5 cm ~ 40.5 cm ~ 44.5 cm 

Ankle (1/2) ~ 9 cm ~ 9.2 cm ~ 9.25 cm 

Foot length ~ 17.5 cm ~ 18.5 cm ~ 19 cm 

Collar (1/2) ~ 11.5 cm ~ 11.5 cm ~ 11.5 cm 

Colors 

tan (–) , brazil (B) 

MOBIS® 

tan 

brazil 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

Knee Joints 

Perlon Cosmetic Stockings 

The Perlon stockings with rubber band are intended for the outer cosmetic 

finish of modular knee disarticulation prostheses and transfemoral 

prostheses. 


Article no. = Size Color 

99B14 = 1 B 

tan 

brazil 

Socket 

Technologies 

Hip Joints 

Cosmetic 

Covers 

Article no. 

99B14 

Sizes 0 1 2 3 4 

Length ~ 59 cm ~ 61.5 cm ~ 66 cm ~ 72 cm ~ 83.5 cm 

Ankle (1/2) ~ 9 cm ~ 9 cm ~ 9 cm ~ 9.25 cm ~ 9.5 cm 

Foot length ~ 18 cm ~ 19 cm ~ 20 cm ~ 20.5 cm ~ 21 cm 

Collar (1/2) ~ 15 cm ~ 16 cm ~ 17 cm ~ 18 cm ~ 19 cm 

Colors 

tan (–) , brazil (B) 


Accessories for Modular Lower Limb Prostheses 

Perlon Cosmetic Stockings for Pelvic Prostheses 

The Perlon Cosmetic Stockings are made of 100 % polyamide and are 

intended for the outer cosmetic finish of modular pelvic prostheses. 

The stockings feature a length of approximately 100 cm and a cuff with 

an outstanding transverse elasticity. This allows for easy handling and 

fixating the stocking between the individually fabricated connection cap 

and the socket. 

Scope of delivery: 1 pair 

Kennzeichen 

Length 

Ankle (1/2) 

Foot length 

Collar (1/2) 

Color 

99B14=HE 

~ 100 cm 

~ 10 cm 

~ 18,5 cm 

~ 14 cm 

tan 

Perlon Connection Piece 

The Perlon Connection Piece is used to attach the foam cover to the 

transfemoral socket. 



99B15 = 2 

Article no. 99B15 

Sizes 1 2 3 

Length ~ 22 cm ~ 22 cm ~ 22 cm 

Collar (1/2) ~ 17 cm ~ 17.5 cm ~ 18 cm 

Cosmetic 

Covers 


Accessories for Modular Lower Limb Prostheses 


for Children 



Modular Knee Protector 

99B17 

The Modular Knee Protector can be used for modular transfemoral 

prostheses to protect the cosmetic cover from the knee. 

• with elastic band extension assist 

• includes Thermolyn® dummy for laminating (616T3=400x31x2) 

647G49 

Socket 

Technologies 

MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Alignment 


Adapter 


Prostheses 

Knee Joints 

Finishing Kit for Modular Hip Disarticulation Prostheses 

4R32 

The Finishing Kit is used for fixing the foam connection cap to the hip 

socket and is a function component of Otto Bock modular hip joints. 

Consists of: 

2 attachment belt with ring 

2 anchor ring 

2 anchor wedge 

1 ThermoLyn® dummy for laminating 

1 pair Perlon cosmetic stocking, tan, size 3 

Hip Joints 

Bag for Prosthesis 

For transporting a prosthesis 

Cosmetic 

Covers 

Order no. 642C80 642C80=1 


Width 45 cm 40 cm 

For TF prosthesis TT prosthesis 


Accessories for Modular Lower Limb Protheses 

Cosmetic 

Covers 


Exoskeletal Leg Prostheses 

248



Exoskeletal prostheses, also called conventional or crustacean type prostheses, 

are commonly made of wood or plastic. The prosthesis walls provide shape and 

have a weight-bearing function. 

This robust prosthesis type has been successfully used for years and is the prosthesis 

of choice when patient needs or geographical conditions do not allow the 

use of modular parts. All amputation levels except knee disarticulation can be fitted 

with an exoskeletal prosthesis. 

The individual components are made of a thick-walled material – wood or Pedilen® – 

that allows customization. Together with the prosthetic socket, the components 

are set up and connected to one another in the alignment device. Though modifications 

can be made during the trial fitting, the components must be disassembled 

to do so. Very few static modifications can be made to a finished prosthesis. 

To finalize a wooden prosthesis, the walls of the wooden components are reduced 

from the inside while the exterior is given its final shape. Subsequent parchment 

or lamination reinforces the prosthesis while creating an attractive surface. 

To finalize a plastic prosthesis, the model is laminated after the outer form has 

been shaped. The Pedilen® hard foam is then removed to create a thin resin 

wall. 

Exoskeletal 




for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment recommendations for knee-calf components 

Knee-calf components and feet are aligned in 

the same way as modular components (see 

page 33). 

For the precise and correct alignment of exoskeletal 

lower limb prostheses, we recommend 

the Otto Bock 743A3A Alignment Apparatus. 

The recommended retrusion values relate to 

the alignment line (see illustration). Allow for a 

general outer rotation of 5° for the knee axes 

of the different components. 

15 mm 5 mm 30 mm 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 


Alignment line Alignment line Alignment line 

Knee-calf component 

Jüpa knee-calf 

component 

Long knee-calf 

component 

Alignment line Alignment line Alignment line Alignment line 




Single Axis Foot 

H H H 

SACH*-Foot 

Dynamic Foot 

Greissinger Foot 

The alignment values can be found in the instruction manual for each prosthetic foot. 

To ensure an effective heel height, a safety factor is added to compensate for the compression of 

the Pedilan® sole, the dorsal stop and the knee joint stop. 

The following values are added to ensure an effective heel height: 

For Single Axis Foot and Sach* Foot = H + 5 mm 

For Dynamic Foot and Greissinger Foot = H + 10 mm 



Foot Components 

Foot Components 

Otto Bock offers five different foot component 

designs for exoskeletal prostheses: 

• Cosmetic Light Foot 

• SACH* Feet 

• Dynamic Feet 

• Single-Axis Feet 

• Greissinger Feet (multiaxial) 

The foot components are constructed according 

to the Otto Bock alignment method. The wood, 

metal and plastic materials have been tested 

for years prior to their application. The plastic 

parts are manufactured from a formula developed 

by Otto Bock Kunststoff GmbH & Co. 

Under the trade names Pedilan® and Pedilen®, 

these quality plastics have become recognized 

worldwide. Pedilan® is a vulcanized 

cellular plastic specially developed for orthopedic 

applications and was first introduced 

by Otto Bock in 1961. 

With Otto Bock foot components, heel height, 

ball shape and toe lift are all coordinated with 

the placement and function of the ankle joint. 

This, in turn, is placed in a specific relationship 

to the load line of the prosthesis. To ensure 

optimum functioning, follow our alignment 

recommendations for each foot type. 

Exoskeletal 



1G6, SACH* and Dynamic Feet 


for Children 



The following feet can be used in both modular and exoskeletal prostheses. 

For more information, see the chapter “Modular Prosthetic Feet.“ 

Cosmetic Light Foot 

1G6 - see page 56 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 


Prostheses 

SACH* Feet 

1S90 - see page 62 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 







Dynamic Feet 




1D10 - see page 68 

1D11 - see page 69 



1G6, SACH* and Dynamic Feet 

Accessories 



Without bushings, for 1G6 and all SACH*and Dynamic Feet. Can be 

used for left and right applications 

Order no. 2K34=25 2K34=30 

For foot sizes 21 – 25 cm 26 – 30 cm 

Bolt Connection 

Order no. 2Z22=M8x90 2Z22=M10 

For 

Scope of delivery 

1G6 (all sizes) 

1S67 (22 – 25 cm) 

1D11 (22 – 25 cm) 

1 threaded bushing 

1 cap screw 

1 washer 


1S90 (all sizes) 



1S67 (26 cm) 




1D10 (all sizes) 

1D11 (26 – 28 cm) 

1 threaded bushing 

1 cap screw 

1 washer 


Pedilan® Block 

Order no. 2F8=H 2F8=M 2F8=W 

Firmness firm medium soft 

Dimensions 115×75×65 mm 115×75×65 mm 115×75×65 mm 

Elastic Foot Cover 

For SACH* Feet on water-resistant walking aids 

Order no. 2U1=L 2U1=R 

Side left right 

Size 

universal 

Exoskeletal 



Single Axis Feet 


for Children 



Single Axis Foot with Toes 

The 1H37 and 1H39 single axis feet differ in heel height. They include the 

2K14 Shaped Ankle Part and the 2H19 Otto Bock Single Axis Joint. 



1H37 = L 26 


Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Article no. 

Heel height 

Sides 

Sizes 


Color 

Article no. 

Heel height 

Sides 

Sizes 


Color 

1H37 

10 mm 


21 cm, 22 cm, 23 cm, 24 cm, 25 cm, 26 cm, 27 cm, 28 cm 

100 kg 

beige 

1H39 

25 mm 



100 kg 

beige 

Adapter 

Single Axis Foot without Toes, 2-piece 




Article no. 

Heel height 

Sides 

Sizes 


Color 

With 2K14 Shaped Ankle Part, 2H19 Otto Bock Single Axis Joint and 

2Z67 Pedilan® Sole. 



1H31 = L 26 

1H31 

25 mm 



100 kg 

beige / white 


Single Axis Feet 



1H38 Single Axis Foot with Toes 

Single component for 1H37 Single Axis Foot with Toes 

1H40 Single Axis Foot with Toes 

Single component for 1H39 Single Axis Foot with Toes 

1H32 Single Axis Foot 

Single component for 1H31 Single Axis Foot 

5 

Otto Bock Single Axis Joint (5) 

Maintenance-free, complete (without rubber bumper) 

4 

Order no. 2H19=42 2H19=47 

For foot sizes 21 – 24 cm 25 – 29 cm 


3 

2 

1 

Single component Pack for Single Axis Feet 

Order no. 


2D5 

Lower joint bushing (1) 

Shell (2) 

Washer (3) 

Rubber bumper, hard, 59 mm long (4) 

Rubber bumper, medium, 54 mm long (4) 

Rubber bumper, soft, 42 mm long (4) 


For single axis feet with enclosed ankle joints 



2K14 = L 26 

Article no. 

Sides 

Sizes 

2K14 


22 cm, 23 cm, 24 cm, 25 cm, 

26 cm, 27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm 

709S14=11 Allen Wrench 

For 502S17=M7 nuts 

709S3 Square Socket Wrench, Long 

For 502V5=M10x1 nuts 

Exoskeletal 




for Children 




With 2K5 Shaped Ankle Part, joint movable in all directions, 2Z18 

Pedilan® Toe, 2F18 Pedilan® Heel Wedge and 2Z14 Pedilan® Sole, 

flat sole countour 



1A6 = L 26 


Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Article no. 

Heel height 

Sides 

Sizes 


Color 

1A6 

28 mm 


25 cm, 26 cm, 27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm 

100 kg 

wood color / white 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 





Greissinger Shaped Foot Part 

With 2Z18 Pedilan® Toe, 2F18 Pedilan® Heel Wedge and 2Z14 Pedilan® 

Sole, flat sole contour 



1A7 = L 26 

Article no. 

Sides 

Sizes 

Pedilan® Toe 

For 1A6/1A7 

1A7 




2Z18 = L 26 

Article no. 

Sides 

Sizes 

25 cm, 26 cm, 27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm 

2Z18 


25 cm, 26 cm, 27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm 

2F18 Pedilan® Heel Wedge 1A6/1A7 

For sizes 25 to 29 cm 




Pedilan® Sole 

For 1A6/1A7, flat sole contour 



2Z14 = L 26 

Article no. 

Sides 

Sizes 

2Z14 


25 cm, 26 cm, 27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm 


For 1A6 and 1A29 




1 soft, medium, and 

hard rocking bumper 

1 attachment pin 

1 flexible joint retainer 

1 two-hole washer 


1 washer 

1 lock nut 



hard 





1 washer 

1 lock nut 

Lower Joint Section 

U-joint 

Order no. 2S22=68 2S69=68 

Material Steel Titanium 



For 1A6, with 2S4 attachment pin and 2S18 plastic insert 



2K5 = L 26 

Article no. 

Sides 

Sizes 

2K5 


25 cm, 26 cm, 27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm 

709S7 Allen Wrench 

Fits lock nut 

Exoskeletal 




for Children 




With 2K25 Shaped Ankle Part and joint movable in all directions. 

647H205 



1A29 = L 26 


Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

24 – 25 cm 

26 – 29 cm 

Article no. 

Heel height 

Sides 

1A29 

10 mm 


Sizes 24 cm, 25 cm 26 cm, 27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm 


Color 


beige 

Greissinger plus Shaped Foot Part 



1A31 = L 26 


Adapter 




24 – 25 cm 

26 – 29 cm 

Article no. 

Sides 

1A31 


Sizes 24 cm, 25 cm 26 cm, 27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm 


Shaped Ankle Part for 1A29 



2K25 = L 26 

Article no. 

Sides 

Sizes 

2K25 


For 1A6 and 1A29 


24 cm, 25 cm, 26 cm, 27 cm, 28 cm, 29 cm 










1 washer 

1 lock nut 



hard 





1 washer 

1 lock nut 


Pirogoff Foot 

Pirogoff Foot 

Recommendation: use 636W25 PU Adhesive with 636W26 

Hardener to glue the mid-foot to the shaped foot part. 

647H130 



1P9 = L 26 

Article no. 

Heel height 

Sides 

Sizes 

Color 

1P9 

10 mm 


23 cm, 24 cm, 25 cm, 26 cm, 27 cm, 28 cm 

wood color / beige 

Exoskeletal 


Knie-Calf Components 

Adapter 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 



Prostheses 







for Children 

Knee-Calf Components 

Decades of experience have gone into the 

design of Otto Bock knee-calf components. 

The components are built in accordance with 

the static and dynamic guidelines of the Otto 

Bock alignment system. 

Regardless of the material being used – 

whether wood or Pedilen® – Otto Bock kneecalf 

components are made with thick walls 

that provide sufficient material for successful 

alignment in the three spatial planes. The 

thick-wall design allows the clinician to shape 

the prosthesis from both the outside and 

the inside, creating a thinner wall and a lighter 

prosthesis. 

Precision-built joints are integrated into the 

knee-calf components. They feature a simple 

design, safe operation, minimal weight, easy 

maintenance and long-lasting performance. 

Standard parts are used to ensure that components 

can be quickly replaced. 


Single Axis Knee-Calf Component with Standard Extension Stop Frame 

3P19 

Poplar 

Knee-Calf Component, Single Axis 

With standard extension stop frame, constant friction unit and closed 

knee ball 



3P19 = L 32 

Article no. 

Sides 


Material 

3P19 


28 cm, 30 cm, 32 cm, 34 cm, 

36 cm, 38 cm, 40 cm 

Poplar 

Accessories 


726W11 Taped Reamer for 3P19 and 3P23 

For reaming knee axis bushings 



4H14 Standard Extension Stop Frame 

With shin extension stop bumper, hard 

4V71 Constant Friction Unit 


2 

3 

4 

1 

Consists of: 


1 washer (2) 

1 oval head screw, slotted (3) 


Exoskeletal 


Jüpa Knee-Calf Component 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


3P23 

Poplar 

Jüpa Knee-Calf Component 

The stance phase control knee offers a high degree of comfort and 

outstanding functional features such as: 

Weight-dependent brake effect for stance phase control by means of 

wedge and groove. With constant friction unit and internal extension assist 

for the individual adjustment of the swing phase. 



3P23 = L 30 

Article no. 

Sides 


Material 

3P23 


28 cm, 30 cm, 32 cm, 34 cm, 36 cm, 38 cm, 

40 cm 

Poplar 

MOBIS® 

Accessories 

726W11 Taped Reamer for 3P19 and 3P23 

For reaming knee axis bushings 


Prosthetic 

Feet 



Adapter 

4B52 Swing Block 




3 

1 

2 

5 7 6 

4 


Consists of: 


1 swing axis (2) 


1 extension assist bracket (4) 

1 deceleration bumper (5) 

1 knee extension stop rubber (6) 

1 small stop plate (7) 

Friction Segment 


Article no. = Thickness 

4V21 = 2.5 

Article no. 

Thickness 

4V21 

2 mm, 2.5 mm, 3 mm 

4V89 Extension Assist, Assembled 


Long Knee-Calf Component 

3P33 

Poplar 

Long Knee-Calf Component 

Polycentric sliding knee joint with shifting of knee joint pivot point for knee 

stability and a smooth stop. 



3P33 = L 32 

Article no. 

Sides 


Material 

3P33 


32 cm, 34 cm, 36 cm, 38 cm, 40 cm 

Poplar 

Accessories 


726W12 Stud Reamer for 3P33 

For reaming out bushings 



4L1 Linkage Element 

2 1 

3 

4 

5 6 


Consists of: 


1 knee axis bushing (2) 

1 wedge piece (3) 

1 rubber bumper, soft (4) 

1 glide plate (5) 

1 glide plate base (6) 

Exoskeletal 


Knee-Calf Component 


for Children 



3P4 


Single axis, with central lock unit and extension stop frame 

647H254 



3P4 = L 30 

Poplar 


Prostheses 

Alignment 


Article no. 

Sides 


Material 

3P4 


28 cm, 30 cm, 32 cm, 34 cm, 36 cm, 38 cm, 

40 cm 

Poplar 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 

MOBIS® 






4 

2 

3 

1 

Extension Stop Frame 

With riveted guide plate 



4H12 = L 

Article no. 

Sides 

4H12 

3D1 Knee Lock Assembly 

Consists of: 

1 locking bolt 

1 locking lever 

1 compression spring 

1 plastic control plate, left 

1 plastic control plate, right 

1 slotted nut 

1 ball head nut 



Consists of: 


2 repair knee axis bushings (2) 


2 square nuts (4) 



3K9 

Plastic 

1 

Knee-Calf Component, 100° Flexion Angle 

This plastic knee-calf component was designed for geriatric patients with 

long residual limbs as well as for swimming prostheses. The thick-walled 

Pedilen® knee and calf components provide the form for lamination. 

2 

647G18 


3 

Article no. = Side Calf. circumference Design 

3K9 = L 38 T 

Article no. 

Sides 


Design 

Material 

3K9 


38 cm 

normal (–), swimming prosthesis (T) 

Plastic 

Drainage tube accessory: see next page 


4 

5 

4K11 Knee Component* (Pedilen®) (1) 

4K10 Knee Joint* (plastic) (2) 

Single axis, with manual lock, constant friction unit and Bowden cable 

4K12 Shin Component* (Pedilen®) (3) 

38 cm calf circumference (thick-wall material can be removed for smaller 

calf circumferences) 

* Please specify right or left side when ordering. 

4K18 Knee Joint Upper Part (plastic) (4) 

Without bushing, lock and constant friction unit 

4K19 Knee Joint Lower Part (plastic) (5) 

Without knee axis 


6 

7 

4F18 Lock Control Handle (6) 

The following may be used instead of the 4F18 Lock Control handle: 

4F34 Lock Control Unit (7) 


11 

12 13 

14 

15 

16 

9 

10 

17 

18 

19 

20 

8 

3D7 for 3K9 

Consists of: 

1 Perlon cord (8) 

1 threaded fitting, short (9) 

1 knee axis (stainless steel) 

with knee axis screw (10) 

1 guide piece for lock cam (11) 

1 lock ring (12) 

1 compression spring (13) 

1 locking latch (14) 

1 axis for locking latch (15) 

1 knee stop (Pedilen®) (16) 


1 constant friction unit (18) 

2 set screws with slot and peg (19) 

1 lock spring (20) 

3D8 for 3K9=T 

Consists of: 

1 Perlon cord (8) 

1 threaded fitting, short (9) 

1 knee axis (titanium) 

with knee axis screw (10) 

1 guide piece for lock cam(11) 

1 lock ring (12) 

1 compression spring(13) 

1 locking latch (14) 

1 axis for locking latch (15) 

1 knee stop (Pedilen®) (16) 


1 constant friction unit (18) 

2 set screws with slot and peg (19) 

1 lock spring (20) 

Exoskeletal 


Knee-Calf Component: Plastic 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

3K5 

1 

2 

3 

Accessories 


Plastic 


Extension assist and lock are built into the knee joint. The closed knee ball 

on the lower section accommodates kneeling. Thanks to the knee axis pin, 

assembly and disassembly does not require special tools. 

The thick-walled Pedilen® knee and calf components allow for customized 

alignment and trial walking and form the basis of the resin laminate. 

Excess Pedilen® can be removed to reduce the weight of the prosthesis 

and to create large drainage holes required for bathing and swimming. 

This knee-calf component is recommended solely for bathing/ 

swimming prostheses. 



3K5 = L 

Article no. 

Sides 


Material 

3K5 


38 cm 

Plastic 

2Z17 Drainage Tube for 3K5 and 3K9 

For SACH* Foot 



Adapter 




4 

5 

6 

8 

7 9 13 

10 14 11 

12 16 15 


4K2 Knee Component** (Pedilen®) (1) 

Please specify right or left side when ordering. 

4K1 Knee Joint** (plastic) (2) 

Singe axis with lock and extension assist 

4K3 Calf Component** (Pedilen®) (3) 

Calf circumference of 38 cm 

(thick-wall material can be removed for smaller calf circumferences). 

** Please specify right or left side when ordering. 

4K26 Knee Joint Upper Part (plastic) (4) 

With bushings 

4K27 Knee Joint Lower Part (plastic) (5) 

With bushings, without extension assist and lock 

3D9 Single component Pack for 3K5 

Consists of: 

1 knee axis (plastic) (6) 

2 limit rings (7) 

1 extension assist (8) 

1 cap (9) 

1 extension assist axis (10) 

1 lock button (11) 

1 fork (12) 

2 oval head screws, slotted (13) 

1 plastic screw disk (14) 

1 spring retention bushing (15) 

1 knee stop (16) 


Socket Blocks 

Socket Blocks 

Otto Block Socket Blocks are made exclusively 

with the finest poplar. High quality is ensured 

with special processes to prevent splitting, to 

allow gradual slow drying as well as to provide 

the water- and perspiration-resistant gluing of 

joints. When used with our knee-calf and foot 

components, these blocks are long enough for 

most lower-extremity prostheses. 

6P1 

Poplar 

Transtibial Socket Block 

2-piece 

Otto Bock Service Fabrication can also copy the wooden socket. 

For more information, see the 646K71=GB Service Catalog. 

5P1 

Poplar 

Transfemoral Socket Block 

Otto Bock Service Fabrication can also copy the wooden socket. 

For more information, see the 646K71=GB Service Catalog. 

Order no. 5P1=1 5P1=2 5P1=3 

Residual limb circumference 530 – 620 mm 450 – 560 mm 370 – 480 mm 

Dimensions (D×W×H) 250×260×370 mm 210×220×370 mm 190×200×370 mm 

Material 

Poplar 

Exoskeletal 


Exoskeletal 

Cosmetic 

Covers 

Socket 

Technologies 

Hip Joints 

Knee Joints 

Adapter 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

MOBIS® 

Alignment 



Prostheses 




for Children 


Company Firma 


City/ 

PLZ/Ort 


Fax: Fax: 

Distal end 

Distance 

from tuber 

Res.limb 

Order and Measurement Forms 

Harmony® P2 / Harmony® HD / Harmony® DP-System 

Fax: +49-5527-848-1414 

Kundennr.: Client no.: Datum: Date: 

Versandadresse Shipping address Auftraggeber Bi ling address (wenn (if von di ferent Versandadresse from shipping abwei- address) 

Company Firma Company Firma 

Straße Street Straße Street 

City/ 

City/ 


Postal code 

Postal code 

Telefon: Tel.: Telefon: Tel.: 

Fax: Fax: Fax: Fax: 

Please select one item from each section. If the choice leads to a second selection possibility, check those boxes as well. Do not forge to 

indicate the desired size for knee sleeve, liner and foot. 

Knee Sleeve 

Liner 

Polyurethane Custom Liner (TEC) Shape Plus · Syme and transmalleolar amputation 

Client no.: Order no.: Date: 

454A7=* .............................................................(please indicate size) 



6Y414= (please enclose measurement form) 

6Y510=* ............................................................. 



5R1=6 + 5R51 4R55 

5R2 + 4R51 4R55 

4R111 

Harmony® 

Foot 

4R144 4R72=D-62 

2R3 

4R150 + 4R54 4R84 

260 O to Bock HealthCare | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.ottobock.com 

Shipping address Billing address (if di ferent from shipping address) 

Company Company 

Street Street 

City/ 

Postal code 

4R44=L + 4R50 

4R146 (only in combination with 1E50/1E51) 

1C40=* ...............................................(please indicate size and side) 

1D35=* ...............................................(please indicate size and side) 

1E56=* ................................................(please indicate size and side) 

1E50 / 1E51=* ....................................(please indicate size and side) 

=*: please enter desired foot size 

Fax: +49-5527-848-1585 

City/ 

Postal code 

Tel.: Tel.: 

Fax: Fax: 


Patient name: _____________________________________ 

Wa l thickness 

without 

left right 

6Y416 Shape Plus Custom Liner according to 

plaster cast and measurement form 

Note: Repeat orders may have tolerances in the wall 

thickness of ±0.5 mm. 

Uniform wa l thickness 

Tapered (wall thickness tapered from 

ho low of the knee to 3 mm thick (± 1 


with (requires the selection of a fabric 


with fabric Color: caucasian 

without fabric with non-stick 



lubricant to avoid the stickiness 

of the liner to the skin) 


with non-sticky coating (not possible with 



liner with lubricant to avoid the stickiness of the liner 

to the skin) 

Otto Bock keeps the custom model for two years fo lowing the last 

order. 

Comments: 


Kundennr.: Client no.: Auftragsnr.: Order no.: 

Postal code 


Replacement custom liner: Please contact your 

customer service! 


Important: Lengthen the measurement sections if necessary. 

Please mark the MPT and a l pronounced zones 

onto the plaster model. Extend the plaster negative 


Important: 

tions if necessary. 

Contour cut 

Slanted cut 

Length of res. limb 

Polyurethane Custom Liner · Transfemoral Liner 

+ 10 cm 

Fax: +49-5527-848-1585 


Versandadresse Shipping address (wenn (if von di ferent Versandadresse from shipping ab address) wei - 



Patient name: _____________________________________ 

left right 

Wa l thickness: 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm 

Note: 

 

New order 

Repeat order, last order no. 


Flexion angle ° 

Adduction angle ° 

Bone part ML 

measurement 

Tissue part ML 

measurement 

264 O to Bock HealthCare | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.o tobock.com 

O to Bock HealthCare | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.o tobock.com 261 

for 

Chopart Plate 

Min. clearance: 

Lo Rider 

6Y80=M TF Adapt Custom Liner, with distal 

connection 

6Y81=M TF Adapt Custom Liner, without 

connection, with blind cap 

6Y81=M-1 TF Adapt Custom Liner, without 

connection, without blind cap 

Note: Length of matrix: 4 cm below the medial liner edge. 

Socket form 

SIT-Cast, prominent Slanted oval, prominent 

SIT-Cast medium Slanted oval, medium 

SIT-Cast feminine Slanted oval, feminine 

contoured 

5 cm 

Conical 

Quantity Farben 

for Lo Rider 

Quantity 

Size Side 

for Chopart Plate for Children 

Quantity Order no. Sizes 

2E3= 

Side Size 

heel height 

4 15 

Os tuber Ischii 

22 – 23 cm for women 

13 – 21 cm 

glue set in the selection 

Crepe soles are included in delivery. 

Please indicate the footshe l in the selection below 

(footshe l, Spectra-Sock). 

1E57 Lo Rider with 9 mm heel height 

Alternative adapter 

XO Coupler for Lo Rider 

SL=LR-XOCS-M6 (diameter 73 mm) 

SL=LR-XOCL-M6 

SL=LR-XOCL-5/16 

(diameter 85 mm*) 

* Delivered version depends on Mobility Grade and body weight. 

+ 3 cm 

+ cm 

+ cm 

+ cm 

+ cm 

light brown 

circumference 

268 Otto Bock HealthCare | Prosthetics – Lower Extremities | www.o tobock.com 


Modular Foot System 

Axtion® 



(footshell, Spectra-Sock). 

1E56 Axtion® with 13 mm heel height 

firm medium soft 

(Standard heel firmness is medium.) 

SL Profile Children 



(footshe l, Spectra-Sock). 

1E79 SL Profile with 6 mm heel height 

SL=SPECTRA-SOCK Protective Sock 

SL=P078 Chopart Glue Set 

SL=PO71 Fi l Foam (optional) 

2C100 Tool for Removing the footshe l 

Page 3 of 3 


647F273=GB 

Patient Information 


Weight __________________ kg 

Amputation Side left (L) right (R) 

Bilateral Amputation yes no 

Foot Size (in cm) 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 

Footshe l Colour beige (4) light brown (15) 

Stiffness (1) (2) (3) (4) 

(see selection table below) 

Previous Foot (Model) ____________________________ 

Weight Category (kg) 

Additional components for the patient fitting (Selection): 

1C30 Trias 

Order fax no.: 05527 848 1524 

Bi ling Address Shipping Address (if different than bi ling address) 

Customer no. Customer no. 

Company Company 

Address Address 

Prosthetist Com. 

Stiffness Chart 

Size (cm) 

21-22 23-24 25-26 27-28 29-30 

45 - 60 1 1 – – – 

61 - 80 2 2 1 1 – 

81 - 95 – 3 2 2 1 

96 - 110 – – 3 3 2 

111 - 125 – – – 4 3 

Lamination Anchor 

mm) 4R68 (Adjustm. Pyramid) 

Material Tube Aluminum Adapter 2R50 (⌀ 30 mm) Tube Titanium 2R37 (⌀ 30 mm) 4R52 (⌀ 30 mm) 4R100 (Adjustm. Pyramid) 

Stainless Steel 2R2 (⌀ 30 mm) 4R21 (⌀ 30 mm) 4R63 (Adjustm. Pyramid) 

≤ 125 kg Titanium 2R57 (⌀ 34 mm) 4R82 (⌀ 34 mm) 

The 1C30 Trias has a heel height of 10 mm. When ordering 

the 1C30 the footshe l and the footshe l insertion tool 

are included. 

Stainless Steel 2R76 (⌀ 34 mm) 4R91 (⌀ 34 mm) 4R116 (Adjustm. Pyramid) 

Other _________________ _________________ _________________ 


O to Bock HealthCare O to | Bock Prosthetics HealthCare – Lower | www.o Extremities tobock.de | www.o tobock.com 265 

Order and Measurement Forms 

In the following section you can find order and 

measurement forms for the products featured 

in this catalog. (We recommend keeping these 

forms as master copies and working with 

copies.) 


Index

General Order Form 

Fax to the addresses of our branches throughout 

the world, which are listed at the end of this catalog. 

Billing Address 

Shipping Address (if different than billing address) 

Customer no. 

Company 

Address 

Customer no. 

Company 

Address 

Orthopedic technician 

Com. 

Quantity Unit Order number Description 

Comments 

Company stamp + Signature 


General Order Form 





Customer no. 

Company 

Address 

Customer no. 

Company 

Address 


Com. 

Quantity Unit Order number Description 

Comments 

Company stamp + Signature 


Page 1 of 2 

C-Leg®compact / C-Leg® Leg Prosthesis System · Patient Data 





Customer no. 

Company 

Address 

Customer no. 

Company 

Address 


Com. 

Prosthesis user 

Name __________________________________________ 

Age ____________________________________________ 

Sex male female 

Weight _______________________________________kg 

Size _________________________________________ cm 

Knee – floor___________________________________ cm 

Socket – floor _________________________________ cm 

Foot size _____________________________________ cm 

Prosthesis user - Mobility Grade 




Amputationsniveau 

Knee Disarticulation 

Transfemoral 

Hip Disarticalation 

Color of footshell beige light brown 

Side of amputation left right 

Bilateral amputation yes no 

Osseointegration yes no 

Initial fitting with a C-Leg®compact / C-Leg® 

Follow-up fitting with a C-Leg®compact / C-Leg® 

The C-Leg®compact / C-Leg® leg prosthesis system is only offered as a complete system. 

The General Terms and Conditions of Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH apply. 

Date _____________ Place _____________________________ 

Signature ___________________________________ 


Page 2 of 2 

C-Leg®compact / C-Leg® Leg Prosthesis System · Order Form 


qty. 3C96 C-Leg®compact 

qty. 3C86 C-Leg®compact for long residual limb 

C-Leg® (incl. Wireless Remote Control) 

qty. 3C98-1 C-Leg® 

qty. 3C88-1 C-Leg® for long residual limb fittings 

Warranty 

qty. 36-month standard warranty for C-Leg®compact/ 

C-Leg® (incl. service in the 24th month) 

Electronic Tube Adapter (minimum order quantity: 1) 

qty. 2R80 (Standard) for C-Leg®compact / C-Leg® 

Length of 110 mm (Max. 100 kg) 120 mm 

tube adapter: 160 mm 200 mm 240 mm 

Connection components (minimum order quantity: 1) 

qty. 4R57 Rotation Adapter 

qty. 4R57=ST Rotation Adapter with Thread 

qty. 4R104=60 Double Adapter, movable 

qty. 4R104=75 Double Adapter, movable 

qty. 4R40 Torsion Adapter 

qty. 4R118 Adapter Plate 

qty. SMP-3C98-1=5 60-month extended warranty for 

C-Leg® (incl. service in the 24th and 48th month) 

qty. 2R81 (Torsion Unit) for C-Leg®compact / C-Leg® 

Length of tube adapter: 160 mm 200 mm 

240 mm 

qty. 4R43 Lamination Anchor with Threaded Connector (3-prong) 

qty. 4R89 Lamination Anchor with Pyramid Adapter (3-prong) 

qty. 4R41 Lamination Anchor with Pyramid Receiver (3-prong) 

qty. 4R111=N Lamination Anchor with Threaded Connector (4-prong) 

qty. 4R116 Lamination Anchor with Pyramid Adapter (4-prong) 

qty. 4R111 Lamination Anchor with Pyramid Receiver (4-prong) 

Foot parts (minimum order quantity: 1) 

qty. 1C40 C-Walk® prosthesis foot 24-25 cm 26-30 cm 

qty. 1C30 Trias prosthesis foot max. 70 kg 24-25 cm max. 85 kg 23-34 cm 25-26 cm 27-30 cm 

qty. 1D10 Men’s Dynamic Foot with Toes (incl. 2R31 and 2R14) 

qty. 1D11 Women’s Dynamic Foot with Toes (incl. 2R31 and 2R14) 22-25 cm 26-28 cm 

qty. 1D35 Dynamic Motion Foot 22-25 cm 26-30cm 

qty. 1A30 Greissinger plus 24-25 cm 26-29cm 

qty. 1E57 Lo Rider + Footshell max. 136 kg/ 

qty. 1E56 Axtion® 

+ Footshell 

Additional Information for 1E57 and 1E56: 

Footshell: left right 

Stiffness/Flexibility: stiff medium soft 

qty. 4X160 Protector dolphin (=1.2) 

blue (=5.6) 

qty. 3S26 Standard foam cover 

qty. 3R59 Customized foam cover 

(Please use separate order form) 

Impact load / Activity: 



Moderate activity and low impact load 

Moderate activity and moderate impact load 

Moderate activity and high impact load 

High activity and high impact load 

qty. 4X74 12 V Car-Charger Cable for 4E50-2 

qty. 4X78 Charger Extension Cable 

qty. 4X79 Plug Holder 

AC Adapter (minimum order quantity: 1 of each) 

qty. 757L16-2 AC Adapter 

qty. 4E50-2 Battery Charger for C-Leg®compact / C-Leg® 

Date _____________ Place _____________________________ 

Signature ___________________________________ 


Harmony® P2 / Harmony® HD / Harmony® DP-System 





Customer no. 

Company 

Address 

Customer no. 

Company 

Address 


Com. 

Please select one item from each section. If the choice leads to a second selection possibility, check those boxes as well. Do not forget to 

indicate the desired size for knee sleeve, liner and foot. 

Knee Sleeve 

Liner 

454A8=* ............................................................(please indicate size) 






6Y522 .................................................................(please indicate size) 

6Y510=* .............................................................(please indicate size) 



5R1=6 + 5R51 4R55 

5R2 + 4R51 4R55 

4R111 

Harmony® 

4R144 4R72=D-62 

4R150 + 4R54 

2R3 

4R84 

4R44=L + 4R50 

 

4R146 (only in combination with 1E50/1E51) 

Foot 

1C40=* ................................................(please indicate size and side) 

1D35=* ................................................(please indicate size and side) 

1E56=* .................................................(please indicate size and side) 

1E50 / 1E51=* .....................................(please indicate size and side) 

=*: please enter desired foot size 

Date _____________ Place _____________________________ 

Signature ___________________________________ 


Polyurethane Custom Liner Shape Plus · Syme and transmalleolar amputation 





Customer no. 

Company 

Address 

Customer no. 

Company 

Address 


Com. 

Patient name: _____________________________________ 

without 

left 

right 

6Y416 Shape Plus Custom Liner according to 

plaster cast and measurement form 











without fabric with non-stick coating or 






with non-sticky coating (not possible with 



liner with lubricant to avoid the stickiness of the liner 

to the skin) 


Important: Lengthen the measurement sections if necessary. 

Please mark the MPT and all pronounced zones 

onto the plaster model. Extend the plaster negative 



Comments: 




least 

circumference 

biggest 

circumference 

+ 10 cm 

+ 5 cm 

MPT 

+ 5 cm 

+ 10 cm 

+ 15 cm 

+ 20 cm 

+ 25 cm 

Otto Bock keeps the custom model for two years following the last 

order. 

Date _____________ Place _____________________________ 

Signature ___________________________________ 


Polyurethane Custom Liner · Transtibial Liner and Shape Plus Liner 





Customer no. 

Company 

Address 

Customer no. 

Company 

Address 


Com. 

Patient name: _____________________________________ 


left 

right 

Replacement custom liner: Please contact 

your customer 

6Y400 Custom Liner based on plaster cast and 


6Y400=M Custom Liner according to measurement form 

6Y414 Harmony® Custom Liner based on plaster cast and 


6Y416 Shape Plus Custom Liner based on plaster cast and 


Note: Repeat orders may have tolerances in the wall thickness of ±0.5 mm. 






without 




without fabric with non-adhesive coating or 



lubricant to avoid the stickiness of 

the liner) 





liner with lubricant to avoid the stickiness of the liner) 


Important: Lengthen the measurement sections if 

required. Please mark the MPT as well as all prominent 

areas on the plaster model. Extend the plaster negative 



Comments: 

+ 18 cm 

+ 10 cm 

+ 5 cm 

MPT 

+ 2.5 cm 

+ 5 cm 

+ 7.5 cm 

+ 10 cm 

+ 12.5 cm 

+ 15 cm 

+ 17.5 cm 

Otto Bock keeps a record of the plaster cast data for two years 

following the last order. 

Date _____________ Place _____________________________ 

Signature ___________________________________ 


Polyurethane Custom TEC Liner 

Shape plus Knee Disarticulation Liner and Transfemoral Liner 

Fax to the addresses of our branches throughout the world, which are listed at the end of this catalog. 



Customer no. 

Company 

Address 

Customer no. 

Company 

Address 


Com. 

Patient name: _____________________________________ 


left 

right 




6Y416 Shape Plus Custom Liner for Knee Disarticulation, 

according to plaster cast and 


6Y430 Transfemoral Custom Liner (We recommend 

making a test socket of the residual limb. 

This replaces the need of measurements.) 



Distal connection: without with 

Otto Bock keeps the custom model for two years following the last 

order. 

Transfemoral measurements 

Important: Lengthen the measurement 

sections if necessary. 


without fabric 


with non-adhesive coating or 







without coating (Requires that the patient wear 

the liner with lubricant to avoid the stickiness of 

the liner) 

Trochanter 

Comments: 


least 

circumference 

condyles 

measurement 

+ 5 cm 

+ 10 cm 

+ 15 cm 

+ 20 cm 

+ 25 cm 

Date _____________ Place _____________________________ 

Signature ___________________________________ 


Silicon Custom Liner · Transfemoral Liner 





Customer no. 

Company 

Address 

Customer no. 

Company 

Address 


Com. 


Patient name: _____________________________________ 

left right 

Wall thickness: 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm 

6Y80=M TF Adapt Custom Liner, with distal 

connection 

6Y81=M TF Adapt Custom Liner, without 

connection, with blind cap 

6Y81=M-1 TF Adapt Custom Liner, without 

connection, without blind cap 

Note: Length of matrix: 4 cm below the medial liner edge. 

Socket form 

SIT-Cast, prominent Slanted oval, prominent 

New order 

Repeat order, last order no. ____________________ 



SIT-Cast medium Slanted oval, medium 

SIT-Cast feminine 

contoured 

Hybrid Conical 

Slanted oval, feminine 

contoured 

Transfemoral measurements 

Important: Lengthen the measurement sections 

if necessary. 

Contour cut 

Slanted cut 

Distal end 

 

Flexion angle ° 

Adduction angle ° 

Bone part ML 

measurement 

Tissue part ML 

measurement 


5 cm 

Distance 

from tuber 

Os tuber Ischii 

+ 3 cm 

+ cm 

+ cm 

+ cm 

+ cm 

Res.limb 

circumference 

Date _____________ Place _____________________________ 

Signature ___________________________________ 


Otto Bock Silicone Gel Custom Liner · Transtibial liner of silicone gel 

Fax: +49-5527-848-1585 



Customer no. 

Company 

Address 

Customer no. 

Company 

Address 


Com. 

Prosthetist: _______________________________________ 

Patient name: _____________________________________ 

Missing Information can delay your order! 

Left 

Right 

Wall Thickness: 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm 

+ 18 cm 

6Y70=M Silicone Gel Liner with distal connection 

6Y71=M Silicone Gel Liner without distal connection 

(with blind cap*) 

6Y71=M-1 SiliconGel-Liner without distal connection 

(without blind cap*) 

MPT 

= 0 

6Y60=M TechnoGel-Liner with distal connection 


6Y61=M TechnoGel-Liner without distal connection 


6Y61=M-1 TechnoGel-Liner without distal connection 

(without blind cap*) 

*soft cap at the distal end of the liner; same shape as 

the cap of the liner with connection, but without thread. 

New order 

Residual limb length cm 

+ 3 cm 

+ 6 cm 

+ 9 cm 

+ 12 cm 

+ 15 cm 

+ 18 cm 

+ 21 cm 

Total length cm 

Re-order, previous order no. _________________ 

Note: With repeat orders, the wall thickness might vary 

by ±0.8 mm 

Remarks: 

Date _____________ Place _____________________________ 

Signature ___________________________________ 


1C30 Trias 





Customer no. 

Company 

Address 

Customer no. 

Company 

Address 


Com. 

Patient Information 


Weight 

__________________ kg 

The 1C30 Trias has a heel height of 10 mm. When ordering 

the 1C30 the footshell and the footshell insertion tool 

are included. 

Amputation Side left (L) right (R) 

Bilateral Amputation yes no 

Foot Size (in cm) 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 

Footshell Colour beige (4) light brown (15) 

Stiffness (1) (2) (3) (4) 

(see selection chart below) 

Previous Foot (Model) 

____________________________ 

Stiffness Chart 

Weight Category (kg) 

Size (cm) 

21-22 23-24 25-26 27-28 29-30 

45 - 60 1 1 – – – 

61 - 80 2 2 1 1 – 

81 - 95 – 3 2 2 1 

96 - 110 – – 3 3 2 

111 - 125 – – – 4 3 

Additional components for the patient fitting (Selection): 

Material Tube Adapter Tube Clamp Adapter Lamination Anchor 

≤ 100 kg Aluminum 2R50 (⌀ 30 mm) 4R69 (⌀ 30 mm) 4R68 

Titanium 2R37 (⌀ 30 mm) 4R52 (⌀ 30 mm) 4R100 

Stainless Steel 2R2 (⌀ 30 mm) 4R21 (⌀ 30 mm) 4R63 

≤ 125 kg Titanium 2R57 (⌀ 34 mm) 4R82 (⌀ 34 mm) 

Stainless Steel 2R76 (⌀ 34 mm) 4R91 (⌀ 34 mm) 4R116 

Other _________________ _________________ _________________ 

647F273=GB 

Date _____________ Place _____________________________ 

Signature ___________________________________ 


Page 1 of 3 

(required) 

Prosthetic Feet (selection) · General Patient Data 





Customer no. 

Company 

Address 

Customer no. 

Company 

Address 


Com. 

Patient Data 

Name ____________________________________________ 

Age ______________________________________________ 


Weight _________________________________________kg 

Size ___________________________________________ cm 

Foot size _______________________________________ cm 

Heel height _____________________________________ cm 

Amputation side left right 

Bilateral amputation yes no 

Previous foot (model) _______________________________ 

Stiffness/Flexibility stiff medium soft 

Patient Mobility Grade 


Moderate activity and low impact load. Everyday 

activities such as walking and going up and down 

stairs. 

Moderate activity and moderate impact load. 

Everyday activities, fast walking even on uneven 

ground. Recreational activities such as hiking, 

golfing, etc. 


Moderate activity and high impact load. Diverse 

activities, above-average impact load and 

mechanical demands on the prosthesis. 

High activity and high impact load. Recreational 

activities such as skiing, sprinting, weight training etc. 

Symes/Chopart 

Amputation height (optional information) 

Transtibial 

Knee disarticulation Transfemoral 

Hip disarticulation 

Knee _____________________________________________ 

(a) Clearance: Socket end to floor _________________mm 

OR 

(b) MPT to floor (retained extremity) ________________mm 

(c) MPT to socket end ___________________________mm 

Clearance: (b-c) ________________________________mm 

(a) Clearance: 

End of knee to floor ___________________________mm 

OR 

(b) MPT to floor (sound side) ______________________mm 

(c) Knee center to end of knee _____________________mm 

Clearance: (b-c) _____________________________mm 

Other __________________________________________ 

Date _____________ Place _____________________________ 

Signature ___________________________________ 


Page 2 of 3 

Pylon Foot System 

Axtion® DP 

1E58 (13 mm heel height) 

System height: A-, B-Pylon max. 368 mm 



Standard Pylon 

System height: A-, B-, C-Pylon max. 368 mm 

Long Pylon System height: A-, B-, C-Pylon max. 495 mm 

Advantage DP2 


Standard Pylon System height: A-, B-Pylon max. 370 mm 

Long Pylon System height: A-, B-Pylon max. 498 mm 


Standard Pylon System height: A-, B-Pylon max. 362 mm 

Long Pylon System height: A-, B-Pylon max. 489 mm 

Possible Adapters for: 

Axtion® DP 

Advantage DP2 


A-Pylon 

Pyramid Adapter/ 


Tube Connection 


4R82=P 2R182=30 4R431=1 

4R82 2R183 4R431=2 

2R183 

2R183=L 

4R415 

B-Pylon 



2R185=30 4R432=1 

2R185=34 4R432=2 

4R415 

Springlite® II Pediatric 


System height: max. 375 mm 

Possible Adapters for Springlite® II Pediatric 

A-Pylon 

Pyramid Adapter/ 




4R82=P 2R182=22 4R431=1 

4R82 2R182=30 4R431=2 

2R183 

2R183 

2R183=L 

4R415 

Footshells 

for Axtion® DP, Advantage DP2, Springlite® II 

Quantity Order no. Sizes Colors 

2C5= / 

Side Size Color 

22-31 cm 

4 15 

beige light brown 

Scope for delivery: 

Axtion® DP: 

A tool for removing the footshell, a Spectra-Sock and Crepe soles 

are included in delivery. 

Advantage DP2, Springlite® II; Springlite® II Pediatric: 

A Spectra-Sock and Crepe soles are included in delivery. 

for Springlite® II Pediatric 


2E3= 

Side 

Size 

13 – 21 cm 

2C100 Tool for Removing the footshell 

Date _____________ Place _____________________________ 

Signature ___________________________________ 


Page 3 of 3 

Modular Foot System 

Chopart Plate 

Min. clearance: 17-24 mm 


Please indicate the footshell and the glue set in the selection 

below (footshell, fill foam). 

1E80 Chopart with 0 mm heel height 



Chopart Plate Pediatric 

Minimal clearance: 17 mm 



Lo Rider 

A spectra-sock and crepe soles are included in delivery. 

Axtion® 


Please indicate the footshell in the selection below 

(footshell). 

1E56 Axtion® with 13 mm heel height 

firm medium soft 

(Standard heel firmness is medium.) 

SL Profile Pediatric 



(footshell). 

1E79 SL Profile with 6 mm heel height 


(footshell). 

1E57 Lo Rider with 9 mm heel height 

Alternative adapter 

XO Coupler for Lo Rider 

SL=LR-XOCS-M6 

SL=LR-XOCL-M6 

SL=LR-XOCL-5/16 

(diameter 73 mm) 

(diameter 85 mm*) 

* Delivered version depends on Mobility Grade and body weight. 

Footshells 

for Chopart, Lo Rider (sizes 24 – 31 cm), Axtion® 

Quantity Order no. Sizes Colors 

2C5= / 

Side Size Color 

22-31 cm 

4 15 

beige light brown 


SL=PO71 Footshell Foam Kit (optional) 

2C100 Removal Tool (steel) 


for Lo Rider (sizes 22 – 23 cm) 


SL=M 

SL=F 

Size 

Size 

Side 

Side 

23 cm for men 

22 – 23 cm for women 

for Chopart Plate Pediatric 


2E3= 

Side 

Size 

13 – 21 cm 

Date _____________ Place _____________________________ 

Signature ___________________________________ 


Page 1 of 2 

(required) 

Sports Prosthesis Feet · General Patient Data 





Customer no. 

Company 

Address 

Customer no. 

Company 

Address 


Com. 

Patient Data 

Name ____________________________________________ 

Age ______________________________________________ 


Weight _________________________________________kg 

Size ___________________________________________ cm 

Foot size _______________________________________ cm 

Side of amputation left right 

Previous foot (model) _______________________________ 

Activity 

Performance sports 

Recreational sports 

Training sessions per week __________________________ 

Focus on Sprint 100 m 

200 m 

400 m 

Long-distance running 

Other disciplines/comments __________________________ 

__________________________________________________ 

__________________________________________________ 

__________________________________________________ 

__________________________________________________ 

__________________________________________________ 

__________________________________________________ 

Transtibial 

Amputation height (serves to select the model, esp. C-Sprint®) 


Transfemoral 

Knee _____________________________________________ 

(a) Clearance: Socket end to floor _________________mm 

OR 

(b) MPT to floor (retained extremity) _________________mm 

(c) MPT to socket end____________________________mm 

Clearance: (b-c) ________________________________mm 

(a) Clearance: 

End of knee to floor ___________________________mm 

OR 

(b) MPT to floor (retained extremity) _________________mm 

(c) Knee center to end of knee _____________________mm 

Clearance: (b-c)______________________________mm 

Date _____________ Place _____________________________ 

Signature ___________________________________ 


Page 2 of 2 

Sports Prosthesis Feet 

1C2 C-Sprint® 

For transtibial amputees 

Adapter plate, socket adapter and rollover contour with 

spikes are included in delivery. 

Adjustment possibility +/- 15 mm possible by means of 

slotted hole. 

410 ±15 mm 370 ±15 mm 330 ±15 mm 

Replacement parts (optional): 


4R51 Socket Adapter with Rotation Adjustment 

2Z285 Rollover Contour with Spikes 

C-Sprint® is a registered trademark in Germany. 

Springlite Sprinter 

For transtibial and transfemoral amputees 

Adapter available as an accessory. 

“T” Adapter 

5° “L” Adapter 18° “L” Adapter 

100 mm 

348 mm 394 mm 388 mm 

Adapters for Springlite Sprinter: 


2R176=T “T“ Adapter 

2R177=5 5° “L“ Adapter** 

2R177=18 18° “L“ Adapter** 

** The delivered version depends on type of use (sprint/long distance) and body weight. 

Date _____________ Place _____________________________ 

Signature ___________________________________ 


Carbon Fiber Footplates 





Customer no. 

Company 

Address 

Customer no. 

Company 

Address 


Com. 

Quantity Type of footplate Description Size Firmness 

Flat (F) 

SL= F 

Arched (A) 

SL= A 

Size Firmness 

Side Size Firmness 

Heel (13 mm), Arched (HA) 

SL= HA 

Side Size Firmness 

Carbon fiber footplate, flat, 

shaped as an insole. 

Carbon fiber footplate with slight 

longitudinal arch without heel. 

Carbon fiber footplate with 

slight longitudinal arch and 13 

mm heel. 

16 (14–16 cm) 

19 (17–19 cm) 

22 (20–22 cm) 

25 (23–25 cm) 

28 (26–28 cm) 

31 (29–31 cm) 

S (soft) 

M (medium) 

F (firm) 

XF (very firm) 

XXF (extra firm) 

Contour (CFP) 

SL= CFP 

Size 

Firmness 


contoured forefoot and a 13 

mm heel. 

22 (20–22 cm) 

25 (23–25 cm) 

28 (26–28 cm) 

31 (29–31 cm) 

Morton‘s extension, flat 

SL= ME-F- (standard) 

SL= MEL-F- 

Firmness 

Firmness 

(long) 

Morton‘s extension, contoured 

SL= ME-C- 

(standard) 

Side Firmness 

SL= MEL-C- 

(long) 

Side Firmness 


integrated hallux valgus profile 

in the forefoot. 

Adapted to different sizes 

through grinding. 


integrated hallux valgus profile 

in the forefoot. 

Adapted to different sizes 

through grinding. 

Standard 

(20 cm long) 

Long 

(25.5 cm long) 

Standard 

(20 cm long) 

Long 

(25.5 cm long) 

M (medium) 

F (firm) 

Date _____________ Place _____________________________ 

Signature ___________________________________ 


Customized Foam Covers 





Customer no. 

Company 

Address 

Customer no. 

Company 

Address 


Com. 

Patient Data 

Name: 

Date of birth: 

Affected side: left right 

Sex: female male 

Weight Prosthesis/Knee type: _______________________ 

Transfemoral Inlet Hole 

Conically enlarged 

Transfemoral 

circumference 

Contour height 

(at least 100 mm longer 

than MPT-floor) 

Knee circumference 

MPT 


MPT - floor 

Ankle circumference 

Floor 

All measurements are in mm. 

Date _____________ Place _____________________________ 

Signature ___________________________________ 


Glossary 

Glossary 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 




A 

AC Adapter 180 

Accessories for Harmony® System 205 

Adapter 200 

Adapter Plate 118 

Adjustment Adapter 30 

Advantage DP2 86 

Aesthetic Refinement 240 

Air Contact System by Pohlig 230 

AKquire-Liner 193 

Alignment of Modular Leg Prostheses 33 

Alignment recommendations for 

knee-calf components 250 

Attachment Block for Thermoplastic Socket 27 

Axtion® 80 

A Pylon 91 

Axtion® DP 84 

B 

Bag for Prosthesis 246 

Bag for Vacuum Pump 205 

Battery Charger 180 

Bench alignment 34 

BionicLink 177 

Bolt Connection 253 

Booth for Spray Coating 242 

B Pylon 91 

Bracket 231 

C 

C-Leg® 172 

C-Leg®compact 174 

C-Leg® customized fitting package 178 

C-Leg® Product Line 171 

C-Leg® Protector 176 

C-Leg® Tube Adapter 173 

C-Leg® Warranty and Service Concept 181 

C-Soft 177 

C-Sprint® 102 

C-Walk® 78 

Carbon Fiber Footplate 94 

Car Charger Cable 180 

Charger Extension Cable 180 

Children Leg Prostheses 3 

Chopart Bonding Kit 11, 95 

Chopart Footplate 95 

Chopart Footplate for Children 10 

Cleaning Agent 242 

Coating Kit 242 

Cold Welder 230 

Color Swatch 240 

Component Combinations: Hip – Knee – Foot 49 

Component Combinations: Knee – Foot 48 

Compression Shrinker Socks 228 

Connection Adapter 115 

Connection Adapter with Pyramid Receiver 116 

Connection Cap 59, 61 

Connection Plate 63, 65, 67, 69 

Connection Tube 219 

Copolymer-Liner 194 

Copolymeres 194 

Cosmetic Light Foot 252 

Cosmetic Shells 233 

Cotton Residual Limb Sock 226 

CT Function Sock 225 

Custom Liners 195 

D 

Declaration of Conformity 

V 

DeltaTwist® 137 

Derma Clean 196 

Derma Prevent 196 

Derma Product Line 221 

Derma ProFlex Kniekappe 208 

Derma Protection Kniekappe 208 

Derma Repair 196 

Derma Seal 222 

Derma Seal Forte 222 

Derma Seal Residual Limb Socks 221 

Derma Seal Trans Ped 223 

Donning Spray 197 

Dorsal Stop Set 59, 61 

Double Adapter 114, 115 

Drainage Tube 266 

Dynamic Foot 68, 69, 252 

Dynamic Foot for Children 6 

Dynamic Motion 72 

E 

EasySelect 40 

EBS 154 

EBS Knee Joint 155 

EBSpro Knee Joint 157 

Elastic Foot Cover 253 

End Bearing Cushion 26 

Exoskeletal 249 

Exoskeletal Leg Prostheses 249 

F 

Feet for Limited Clearance 93 

Feet for Mobility Grades 1 + 2 55 

Feet for Mobility Grades 3 + 4 77 

Filter 205 

Finishing Kit 246 

Fitting Packages 178 

Flexible Hose 230 

Foam Cover Color Swatch 242 

Foam Covers 20, 233, 235-239 

Foam Covers: Combination Overview 234 

Foot Adapter 7, 56, 67, 69 

Foot Components 251 

Footshell 81, 89, 95, 99 

Footshell Foam Kit 11, 95 

Footshell for Children 9, 11 

Frame Socket 26 

Functional Adapters 131 

Index 


Glossary 

Glossary 

G 

Greissinger Foot 256 

Greissinger plus 70, 258 

H 

Halmstad Interim Prosthesis 27 

Harmony®-Kniekappe 209 

Harmony® Complete Installation Kit 207 

Harmony® System 199 

Harmony® Vacuum Pump Set 205 

I 

Initial and Interim Prostheses 25 

J 

Jüpa Knee-Calf Component 262 

K 

KISS® Shuttle-Lanyard systems 215 

Knee-Calf Component for Children 19 

Knee-Calf Components 260 

L 

L-Adapter 103 

L.A.S.A.R. Assembly 34 

L.A.S.A.R. Posture 35 

Lamination Anchor 14, 119-121 

Lamination Disk 125, 214 

Lamination Dummy 122, 133 

Latex Casting Bags 205 

Leg Prostheses for Children 3 

Liner Fit Kit 206 

Liner Trimmer 197 

Load line 35 

Lock Control Unit 144, 145 

Lock Unit Control 167 

Long Knee-Calf Component 263 

Long Pin 213 

Lo Rider 98 

Lubricating Cream 207 

M 

MagValve 217 

Manometer with Inflating Ball 26 

Mechanical Knee Joints 143 

MOBIS® 43 

Modular-Kniegelenke 163 

Modular Adapter Kits 127 

Modular Adapters 105 

Modular Hip Joints 18, 183 

Modular Knee Joints 15, 141 

Modular Knee Protector 246 

Modular Lower Limb Prostheses 23 

Modular Prosthetic Feet 51 

Morton‘s Extension 94 

N 

Nylon Protective Sock 225, 226 

Nylon Stockinette 231 

O 

One-Way Valve 220 

Order and Measurement Forms 269 

Otto Bock Screw Valve 218 

P 

PC interface with USB Connection Cable 180 

Pedilan® 46 

Pedilan® Block 253 

Pedilan® Light Foot 56 

Pedilan® Single Axis Foot 57 

Pedilan® Sole 5, 60, 67 

Pedilin® Cone for Soft Socket 231 

Perlon Connection Piece 245 

Perlon Cosmetic Stockings 20, 244 

Perlon Knee Stockings 244 

Pin Wrench 217 

Pirogoff Foot 259 

Plug Protector for C-Leg® 180 

Plumb line alignment 34 

Polyurethane Liners 191-193 

Posterior Connection Plate 88, 103 

Procomfort Gel 231 

Procomfort Inner Socket 231 

Profile Liner 192 

Prosthetic Feet 5, 51, 252 

ProSymes 96 

Protective Sleeve 146 

Protective Sock 89, 99 

Protector 176 

PUR Foam Adhesive 242 

PushValve 217 

PVC Connection Tube 219 

PVC Suction Tubing 205 

Pylon 90 

Pyramid Adapter with Threaded Connector 117 

Pyramid Receiver with Threaded Connector 117 

Q 

Quality Assurance 

VI 


Index

Glossary 

Glossary 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 




R 

Residual Limb Socks 221, 224 

Rotation Adapters 132, 133 

Rotation Locking Plate 138 

S 

Saarbrucken Prosthesis for Early Fitting 26 

SACH Feet 5, 6, 62, 64, 66, 252 

SACH Foot Adapter 63, 65 

SACH Foot for Children 5, 6 

SACH Foot without Toes 66 

Schaftansatzstück 207 

Screw Connection 7 

Seat ring 219 

Selection Aid Feet 52 

Selection Aid Modular Knee Joints 142 

Shaped Ankle Part 7, 253 

Shrinker Socks 228 

Shuttle Locks 211 

SiliconGel Liner with Sanitized® 188 

Silicone Liner 188-189 

Silicone Liners 188-190 

Simplicity Liner 191 

Simplicity Tapered Liner 192 

Single Axis Foot 58, 60, 254 

Single Axis Foot Adapter 57, 59, 61 

Sleeve 200 

Sliding Adapter 29, 117 

SL Profile for Children 10 

Socket Adapter 13, 123, 124 

Socket Attachment Block 13, 125, 126 

Socket Blocks 267 

Socket Technology 187 

Socket wrench 138 

SoftTouch Stockings 243 

Special Scissors for Cutting Synthetic Fabrics 197 

Sport Feet 101 

Spots 206 

Springlite® II 88 

Springlite® II Pediatric 8 

Sprinter 103 

Standard Pro Liner 189 

Static alignment optimisation 35 

Sticky Spots 206 

Stockings 233 

Stud Reamer 263 

Suction Tubing 205 

SuperSkin 240 

System Height 36 

T 

T-Adapter 88, 103 

Taped Reamer 19, 261, 262 

TechnoGel® Liner 191 

Terry Cloth Covers 230 

Terry Cloth Residual Limb Sock 226 

TF-Adapt-Liner 190 

Threaded Hose Nozzle 205 

Tool for Removing the Footshell 89 

Torsion Adapters 134-136 

Transfemoral Socket Block 267 

Transtibial Socket Block 267 

Trias 74 

Tube Adapter 12, 28, 106, 107, 180 

Tube Clamp Adapter 13, 109-113, 185 

V 

V4 Valve Kit 220 

V5 Valve Kit 220 

Vacuum Pipe 231 

Valve Kit 218 

Valves 218, 219 

Vass Kniekappe 209 

W 

Warranty and Service 181 

Wool Residual Limb Sock 225 

Index 



Index

Index 

Index 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 





1 

1A29 258 

1A30 70 

1A6 256 

1C2 102 

1C20 97 

1C30 75 

1C40 79 

1D10 68, 252 

1D11 69, 252 

1D35 72 

1E50 87 

1E51 87 

1E56 81 

1E57 98 

1E58 85 

1E61 88 

1E66 8 

1E79 10 

1E80 95 

1E81 95 

1E82 95 

1E87 10 

1E90 103 

1G6 56, 252 

1G9 57 

1H31 254 

1H32 60, 255 

1H34 60 

1H37 254 

1H38 58, 255 

1H39 254 

1H40 58, 255 

1K10 6 

1K30 6 

1P9 259 

1S30 5 

1S49 64, 252 

1S57 66, 252 

1S66 64, 252 

1S67 64, 252 

1S70 66, 252 

1S73 66, 252 

1S90 62, 252 

21B37 210 

2 3 

2C100 89 

2C2 97 

2C5 81, 89, 95, 99 

2E3 9, 11 

2F8 253 

2H19 255 

2K34 253 

2K36 7 

2R10 59, 61 

2R102 128 

2R103 130 

2R105 129 

2R117 207 

2R120 128 

2R121 128 

2R122 129 

2R123 130 

2R124 130 

2R125 130 

2R14 63, 65, 67, 69 

2R176=T 88, 103 

2R182 9, 91 

2R183 9, 91 

2R185 91 

2R2 107 

2R22 59, 61 

2R3 107 

2R31 56, 63, 65, 67, 69 

2R33 59, 61 

2R37 106 

2R38 106 

2R38=10° 107 

2R40 7 

2R41 12 

2R45 28 

2R48 12 

2R49 106 

2R50 106 

2R51 57, 59, 61 

2R54 56, 63, 65, 67, 69 

2R57 108 

2R58 108 

2R76 108 

2R77 108 

2R8 63, 65, 67, 69 

2R80 173, 175 

2R81 173, 175 

2S88 59, 61 

2U1 253 

2Z17 266 

2Z22 7, 253 

2Z25 5 

3C86 175 

3C88-1 173 

3C96 175 

3C98-1 173 

3K5 266 

3K9 265 

3P19 261 

3P21 19 

3P23 262 

3P33 263 

3P4 264 

3R106 152 

3R15 146 

3R17 145 

3R20 147 

3R21 168 

3R23 167 

3R24 234, 237 

3R30 168 

3R32 167 

3R33 145 

3R36 147 

3R38 16 

3R39 15 

3R40 144 

3R46 169 

3R48 20 

3R49 146 

3R55 166 

3R6 234, 236 

3R60-Pro 159 

3R65 17 

3R66 16 

3R72 160 

3R80 161, 163 

3R90 149 

3R92 149 

3R95 164 

3S106 234, 236 

3S107 234, 238 

3S124 234, 237 

3S26 234, 238 

3S27 234, 239 

Index 


Index 

Index 


4 

4D20 15 

4E50-2 180 

4F34 144, 145 

4R1 30 

4R100 119 

4R101 29, 117 

4R103 110 

4R104 114 

4R108 126 

4R109 126 

4R110 14 

4R111 121 

4R112 29 

4R116 121 

4R118 118 

4R119 122 

4R120 138 

4R121 138 

4R128 207 

4R136 220 

4R138=5 220 

4R140 220 

4R144 204 

4R146 204 

4R150 204 

4R160 215 

4R201 129 

4R21 109 

4R22 124 

4R23 123 

4R32 246 

4R37 124 

4R39 136 

4R40 136 

4R41 120 

4R415 9, 91 

4R42 119 

4R420 88, 103 

4R43 120 

4R431 9, 91 

4R432 91 

4R44 120, 121, 122 

4R44=L 117 

4R50 117 

4R51 124 

4R52 109 

4R54 123 

4R55 124 

4R56 111, 185 

4R57 133 

4R60 13 

4R63 119 

4R66 13 

4R68 119 

4R69 109 

4R72 114 

4R72=D 116 

4R73 123 

4R74 123 

4R75 116 

4R76 115 

4R77 123 

4R78 115 

4R82 9, 91, 112 

4R82=P 113 

4R84 114 

4R84=D 115 

4R85 135 

4R86 135 

4R87 121 

4R88 113 

4R89 120 

4R91 112 

4R95 124 

4R98 110 

4X160 176 

4X177 176 

4X178 176 

4X180 177 

4X202 176 

4X46 122 

4X46=ST 133 

4X73 180 

4X74 180 

4X77 180 

4X78 180 

4X79 180 

4X83 180 

5 

5D1 230 

5F1 230 

5P1 267 

5R1 125 

5R2 125, 214 

5R6 27, 125 

5R9 13 

5S1 230 

5S2 230 

5T8 231 

5Y14 125 


Index

Index 

Index 


for Children 




Prostheses 

Alignment 


MOBIS® 

Prosthetic 

Feet 

Adapter 





6 7 20-99 

6A20=10 213 

6A20=20 213 

6A20=30 214 

6A30=10 214 

6A30=20 214 

6B3 27 

6K4 26 

6P1 267 

6R18 234, 235 

6R6 234, 235 

6R7 20 

6R8 234, 235 

6S1 26 

6S2 26 

6T2 231 

6Y13 213 

6Y40 189 

6Y400 195 

6Y41 189 

6Y414 195 

6Y416 195 

6Y42 189 

6Y510 192 

6Y511 192 

6Y520 191 

6Y521 191 

6Y522 192 

6Y523 192 

6Y540 193 

6Y60 191, 195 

6Y61 191, 

6Y70 188, 195 

6Y71 188 

6Y80 190, 195 

6Y90 194 

7E4 184 

7E5 184 

7E7 185 

7E8 18 

21Y105 218 

21Y12 217 

21Y123 218 

21Y14 217 

21Y140 218 

21Y15 217 

21Y204 217 

21Y41 219 

21Y45 219 

21Y70 146 

21Y77 219 

21Y81 218 

21Y94 218 

21Y95 219 

21Y96 218 

21Y97 218 

60X3 177 

60X4 177 

88L 195 

99B116 243 

99B13 219 

99B14 244 

99B14=HE 245 

99B15 245 

99B16 244 

99B17 246 

99B22 20 

99B23 26 

99B25 231 

Index 


Index 

Index 


400-800 

451F10 229 

451F11 229 

451F12 229 

451F13 229 

451F2 226 

451F20 206 

451F21 226 

451F3 226 

451F30 225 

451F4 227 

451F6 227 

451U1 225 

451U9 225 

453A2 208 

453A3 208 

453D2 223 

453D4 222 

453D5 223 

453D7 222 

453H1 207 

453H10 196 

453H12 196 

453H14 196 

453H2 207 

453H30 196 

454A6 209 

454A7 209 

454A8 209 

616R11 230 

616R2 205 

616S132 206 

616S134 206 

625P1 205 

633S2 231 

634A61 230 

634A80 242 

635C1 240 

635C2A 241 

635C2B 241 

635C3 241 

636W58 242 

640F18 197 

642C80 246 

646M13 240, 242 

646M453 196 

647X17 40 

662F2 205 

683G1 205 

709H5 138 

709H7 138 

709H8 138 

709H9 138 

719S7 197 

726W11 19, 261, 262 

726W12 263 

743D1 26 

743L100 35 

743L200 34 

743L300 34 

746B20 242 

755E20 205 

755X18 231 

755X22 231 

755Y16 205 

755Z19 205 

755Z20 205 

756L10 197 

757L16-2 180 

758Z60 242 

S 

SL=ADP340 9 

SL=F 94 

SL=LR-XOCL-5/16 99 

SL=LR-XOCL-M6 99 

SL=LR-XOCS-M6 99 

SL=ME-C 94 

SL=ME-F 94 

SL=MEL-C 94 

SL=MEL-F 94 

SL=P071 11, 95 

SL=P078 11, 95 

SL=Spectra-Sock 89, 99 


Index

Notes

Notes

Notes

Notes

Notes




Otto Bock Worldwide 

Europe 

Otto Bock HealthCare Deutschland GmbH 


Tel. +49 5527 848-3411 · Fax +49 5527 848-1414 

e-mail: healthcare@ottobock.de · www.ottobock.com 

Otto Bock Healthcare Products GmbH 

Kaiserstraße 39 · A–1070 Wien 

Tel. +43 1 5269548 · Fax +43 1 5267985 

e-mail: vertrieb.austria@ottobock.com · www.ottobock.at 

Otto Bock Adria Sarajevo D.O.O. 

Omladinskih radnih brigada 5 · BIH–71000 Sarajevo 

Tel. +387 33 766200 · Fax +387 33 766201 

e-mail: obadria@bih.net.ba · www.ottobockadria.com.ba 

Otto Bock Suisse AG 

Pilatusstrasse 2, Postfach 87 · CH–6036 Dierikon 

Tel. +41 41 4556171 · Fax +41 41 4556170 

e-mail: suisse@ottobock.com 

Otto Bock ČR s.r.o. 

Protetická 460 · CZ–33008 Zruč-Senec 

Tel. +420 37 7825044 · Fax +420 37 7825036 

e-mail: email@ottobock.cz · www.ottobock.cz 

Otto Bock Algérie E.U.R.L. 

32, rue Ahcène outalab - Coopérative les Mimosas 

Mackle-Ben Aknoun - Alger · DZ–Algérie 

Tel. + 213 21 913863 · Fax + 213 21 913863 


Otto Bock Iberica S.A. 

C/Majada, 1 · E–28760 Tres Cantos (Madrid) 

Tel. +34 91 8063000 · Fax +34 91 8060415 

e-mail: info@ottobock.es · www.ottobock.es 

Otto Bock Orthopedic Services S.A.E. 

28 - Soleman Abaza St. · ET–Mohandessen - Cairo 

Tel. +20 23 7606818 · Fax +20 23 7480705 

e-mail: ottobock-eg@link.net 

Otto Bock France SNC 

4 Rue de la Réunion · B.P. 11 · F–91941 Les Ulis Cedex 

Tel. +33 1 69188830 · Fax +33 1 69071802 


Otto Bock Healthcare plc 

32, Parsonage Road · Englefield Green 

GB–Egham, Surrey TW20 0LD 

Tel. +44 1784 744900 · Fax +44 1784 744901 

e-mail: bockuk@ottobock.com · www.ottobock.co.uk 

Otto Bock Hungária Kft. 

Tatai út 74. · H–1135 Budapest 

Tel. +36 1 4 5110 20 · Fax +36 1 4 5110 21 

e-mail: info@ottobock.hu · www.ottobock.hu 

Otto Bock Adria D.O.O. 

Franje Tuđmana 14 · HR-10431 Sveta Nedelja 

Tel. +385 1 3361544 · Fax +385 1 3365986 

e-mail: info@ottobock.hr · www.ottobock.hr 

Otto Bock Italia S.R.L 

Via Filippo Turati 5/7 · I–40054 Budrio (BO) 

Tel. +39 051 692-4711 · Fax +39 051 692-4720 

e-mail: info.italia@ottobock.com · www.ottobock.it 

Otto Bock Benelux B.V. 

Ekkersrijt 1412 · NL–5692 AK-Son en Breugel 

Tel. +31 499 474585 · Fax +31 499 4762 50 

e-mail: info.benelux@ottobock.com · www.ottobock.nl 

Industria Ortopédica Otto Bock Unip. Lda. 

Av. Miguel Bombarda, 21 - 2º Esq. · P–1050-161 Lisboa 

Tel.: +351 21 3535587 · Fax: +351 21 3535590 

e-mail: ottobockportugal@mail.telepac.pt 

Otto Bock Polska Sp. z o. o. 

Ulica Koralowa 3 · PL–61-029 Poznań 

Tel. +48 61 6538250 · Fax +48 61 6538031 

e-mail: ottobock@ottobock.pl · www.ottobock.pl 

Otto Bock Romania srl 

Șos de Centura Chitila-Mogoșoia Nr. 3 

RO–Chitila 077405, Jud. Ilfov 

Tel.: +40-723-551470 

e-mail: Ionut.savescu@ottobock.de · www.ottobock.ro 

Otto Bock Moscow 

5. Donskoj projezd 15 strojenie 16 · RUS–119334 Moscow 

Tel. +7 495 564-8360 · Fax +7 495 564-8363 

e-mail: info@ottobock.ru · www.ottobock.ru 

Otto Bock Scandinavia AB 

Koppargatan 3 · Box 623 · S–60114 Norrköping 

Tel. +46 11 280600 · Fax +46 11 312005 

e-mail: info@ottobock.se · www.ottobock.se 

Otto Bock Slovakia s.r.o. 

Čajákova 25 · SK-81105 Bratislava 1 

Slovenská Republika 

Tel./fax. 00421 2 52 44 21 88 

e-mail: info@ottobock.sk 

Otto Bock Sava D.O.O. 

Drugog ustanka 19, lokal 1 · Republika Srbija 

SRB–18000 Niš 

Tel./Fax. +381 18 539 191 

e-mail: ottobocksava@sbb.co.yu 

Otto Bock Ortopedi ve Rehabilitasyon Tekniği Ltd. Şti. 

Ali Dursun Bey Caddesi · Lati Lokum Sokak 

Meriç Sitesi B Block No: 6/1 

TR–34387 Mecidiyeköy-İstanbul 

Tel. + 90 212 3565040· Fax +90 212 3566688 

e-mail: info@ottobock.com.tr · www.ottobock.com.tr 

Americas 

Otto Bock Argentina S.A. 

Piedras, 1314 - Código Postal: 

RA–1147 Ciudad Autônoma de Buenos Aires 

Tel. + 54 11 4300 0076 

e-mail: ventas@ottobock.com.ar 

Otto Bock do Brasil Ltda. 

Rua Jovelino Aparecido Miguel, 32 

BR–13051-030 Campinas-São Paulo 

Tel. +55 19 3729 3500 · Fax +55 19 3269 6061 

e-mail: ottobock@ottobock.com.br · www.ottobock.com.br 

Otto Bock Healthcare Canada Ltd. 

5045 S. Service Road · Burlington · Ontario L7L 5Y7 

Tel. +1 800 665 3327 · Fax +1 800 463 3659 

e-mail: info@ottobock.ca · www.ottobock.ca 

Otto Bock HealthCare Andina Ltda. 

Clínica Universitária Teletón, Autopista Norte km 21, 

La Caro, Chia, Cundinamarca 

Bogotá / Colombia 

Tel. +57 1 8619988 · Fax +57 1 8619977 

e-mail: ottobock@telesat.com.co 

Otto Bock de Mexico S.A. de C.V. 

Av. Avila Camacho 2246 · Jardines del Country 

MEX–Guadalajara, Jal. 44210 

Tel. +52 33 38246787 · Fax +52 33 38531935 

e-mail: info@ottobock.com.mx · www.ottobock.com.mx 

Otto Bock HealthCare LP 

Two Carlson Parkway North, Suite 100 

U.S.A.–Minneapolis, Minnesota 55447 

Phone +1 800 328 4058 · Fax +1 800 962 2549 

e-mail: usa.customerservice@ottobock.com 

www.ottobockus.com 

Asia/Pacific 

Otto Bock Australia Pty. Ltd. 

Suite 1.01, Century Corporate Centre 

62 Norwest Boulevarde · Norwest Business Park 

AUS–Baulkham Hills NSW 2153 

Tel. +61 2 88182800 · Fax +61 2 88182898 

e-mail: healthcare@ottobock.com.au 

www.ottobock.com.au 

Beijing Otto Bock Orthopaedic Industries Co. Ltd. 

HengXiang Tower · No.15 Tuanjiehu South Road 

Chaoyang District · Beijing 100026 · P.R.China 

Tel. +86 10 85986880 · Fax +86 10 85980040 

e-mail: china@ottobock.com.cn · www.ottobock.com.cn 

Otto Bock Asia Pacific Ltd. 

Suite 3218, 32/F., Sun Hung Kai Centre 

30 Harbour Road, Wanchai · Hong Kong 

Tel. +852 2598 9772 · Fax +852 2598 7886 

e-mail: info@ottobock.com.hk 

Otto Bock HealthCare India Pvt. Ltd. 

Behind Fairlawn Housing Society · Sion Trombay Road 

Chembur · IND–Mumbai 400 071 

Tel. +91 22 2520 1268 · Fax +91 22 2520 1267 

e-mail: information@indiaottobock.com 

www.ottobockindia.com 

Otto Bock Japan K. K. 

Oak Minami-Azabu Bldg. 2F · 3-19-23, Minami-Azabu 

Minato-Ku, J–Tokyo · 106-0047 

Tel. +81 3 5447-1511 · Fax +81 3 5447-1512 

e-mail: ottobock@ottobock.co.jp · www.ottobock.co.jp 

Otto Bock Korea HealthCare Inc. 

Nongsan B/D 1F, 320-4 

Yangjae - 2 Dong Seocho-Gu · ROK–37-897 Seoul 

Tel. +82 2 577-3831 · Fax +82 2 577-3828 

e-mail: ottobock@korea.com · www.ottobockkorea.com 

Otto Bock Southeast Asia Co. Ltd. 

118 PSB Building · Vibhavadee-Rangsit Road 

Jompol, Jatujark · T–10900 Bangkok 

Tel. +66 2 691-5515 · Fax +66 2 691-5516 

e-mail: obsea@ottobock.co.th · www.ottobock.co.th 

© Otto Bock 2008. Printed in Germany 

646K2=GB – 04.08

Otto Bock HealthCare GmbH 

Max-Näder-Str. 15 · 37115 Duderstadt/Germany · phone +49 5527 848-1424 · fax +49 5527 72330 

export@ottobock.de · www.ottobock.com

Prosthetics Lower Extremities - Kinetech Medical

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?